Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6

Pull another crypto fix from Herbert Xu:
 "Fix ICV corruption in s390/ghash when the same tfm is used by more
  than one thread"

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6:
  crypto: s390/ghash - Fix incorrect ghash icv buffer handling.
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index acb6afe..4ad4a98 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 *.order
 *.elf
 *.bin
+*.tar
 *.gz
 *.bz2
 *.lzma
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
index 2ef5dce..ec7e6c7 100644
--- a/CREDITS
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -2049,6 +2049,10 @@
 S: Gurgaon, India
 S: Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
 
+N: Mohit Kumar
+D: ST Microelectronics SPEAr13xx PCI host bridge driver
+D: Synopsys Designware PCI host bridge driver
+
 N: Gabor Kuti
 M: seasons@falcon.sch.bme.hu
 M: seasons@makosteszta.sote.hu
@@ -3705,6 +3709,13 @@
 D: Co-author of German book ``Linux-Kernel-Programmierung''
 D: Co-founder of Berlin Linux User Group
 
+N: Andrew Victor
+E: linux@maxim.org.za
+W: http://maxim.org.za/at91_26.html
+D: First maintainer of Atmel ARM-based SoC, aka AT91
+D: Introduced support for at91rm9200, the first chip of AT91 family
+S: South Africa
+
 N: Riku Voipio
 E: riku.voipio@iki.fi
 D: Author of PCA9532 LED and Fintek f75375s hwmon driver
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
index 87ca569..f9f2339 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm
@@ -23,3 +23,25 @@
 		Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended.
 		Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
 Users:		util-linux, device-mapper udev rules
+
+What:		/sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/rq_based_seq_io_merge_deadline
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Contact:	dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description:	Allow control over how long a request that is a
+		reasonable merge candidate can be queued on the request
+		queue.  The resolution of this deadline is in
+		microseconds (ranging from 1 to 100000 usecs).
+		Setting this attribute to 0 (the default) will disable
+		request-based DM's merge heuristic and associated extra
+		accounting.  This attribute is not applicable to
+		bio-based DM devices so it will only ever report 0 for
+		them.
+
+What:		/sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/use_blk_mq
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Contact:	dm-devel@redhat.com
+Description:	Request-based Device-mapper blk-mq I/O path mode.
+		Contains the value 1 if the device is using blk-mq.
+		Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
index 3680364..d46bba8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-cxl
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@
 		Hexadecimal value of the device ID found in this AFU
 		configuration record.
 
-What:           /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/vendor
+What:           /sys/class/cxl/<afu>/cr<config num>/class
 Date:           February 2015
 Contact:        linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
 Description:    read only
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
index 76ee192..3b5c3bc 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
@@ -222,3 +222,13 @@
 		The number of blocks that are marked as reserved, if any, in
 		this partition. These are typically used to store the in-flash
 		bad block table (BBT).
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/offset
+Date:		March 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.1
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		For a partition, the offset of that partition from the start
+		of the master device in bytes. This attribute is absent on
+		main devices, so it can be used to distinguish between
+		partitions and devices that aren't partitions.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
index ca9c71a..eed922e 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-toshiba_acpi
@@ -8,9 +8,11 @@
 			* 0x2  -> AUTO (also called TIMER)
 			* 0x8  -> ON
 			* 0x10 -> OFF
-		Note that the kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed
+		Note that from kernel 3.16 onwards this file accepts all listed
 		parameters, kernel 3.15 only accepts the first two (FN-Z and
 		AUTO).
+		Also note that toggling this value on type 1 devices, requires
+		a reboot for changes to take effect.
 Users:		KToshiba
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_backlight_timeout
@@ -67,15 +69,72 @@
 			* 2 -> Type 2, supporting modes TIMER, ON and OFF
 Users:		KToshiba
 
+What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_charge
+Date:		January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description:	This file controls the USB Sleep & Charge charging mode, which
+		can be:
+			* 0 -> Disabled		(0x00)
+			* 1 -> Alternate	(0x09)
+			* 2 -> Auto		(0x21)
+			* 3 -> Typical		(0x11)
+		Note that from kernel 4.1 onwards this file accepts all listed
+		values, kernel 4.0 only supports the first three.
+		Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
+		you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
+		"sleep_functions_on_battery"
+Users:		KToshiba
+
+What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/sleep_functions_on_battery
+Date:		January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description:	This file controls the USB Sleep Functions under battery, and
+		set the level at which point they will be disabled, accepted
+		values can be:
+			* 0	-> Disabled
+			* 1-100	-> Battery level to disable sleep functions
+		Currently it prints two values, the first one indicates if the
+		feature is enabled or disabled, while the second one shows the
+		current battery level set.
+		Note that when the value is set to disabled, the sleep function
+		will only work when connected to power.
+Users:		KToshiba
+
+What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_rapid_charge
+Date:		January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description:	This file controls the USB Rapid Charge state, which can be:
+			* 0 -> Disabled
+			* 1 -> Enabled
+		Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+		take effect.
+Users:		KToshiba
+
+What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_sleep_music
+Date:		January 23, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
+Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
+Description:	This file controls the Sleep & Music state, which values can be:
+			* 0 -> Disabled
+			* 1 -> Enabled
+		Note that this feature only works when connected to power, if
+		you want to use it under battery, see the entry named
+		"sleep_functions_on_battery"
+Users:		KToshiba
+
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/version
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
 Description:	This file shows the current version of the driver
+Users:		KToshiba
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/fan
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
 Description:	This file controls the state of the internal fan, valid
 		values are:
@@ -83,8 +142,8 @@
 			* 1 -> ON
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/kbd_function_keys
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
 Description:	This file controls the Special Functions (hotkeys) operation
 		mode, valid values are:
@@ -94,21 +153,29 @@
 		and the hotkeys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
 		In the "Special Functions" mode, the F{1-12} keys trigger the
 		hotkey and the F{1-12} keys are accessed via FN-F{1-12}.
+		Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+		take effect.
+Users:		KToshiba
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/panel_power_on
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
 Description:	This file controls whether the laptop should turn ON whenever
 		the LID is opened, valid values are:
 			* 0 -> Disabled
 			* 1 -> Enabled
+		Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+		take effect.
+Users:		KToshiba
 
 What:		/sys/devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXSYBUS:00/TOS{1900,620{0,7,8}}:00/usb_three
-Date:		February, 2015
-KernelVersion:	3.20
+Date:		February 12, 2015
+KernelVersion:	4.0
 Contact:	Azael Avalos <coproscefalo@gmail.com>
-Description:	This file controls whether the USB 3 functionality, valid
-		values are:
+Description:	This file controls the USB 3 functionality, valid values are:
 			* 0 -> Disabled (Acts as a regular USB 2)
 			* 1 -> Enabled (Full USB 3 functionality)
+		Note that toggling this value requires a reboot for changes to
+		take effect.
+Users:		KToshiba
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c6a0b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-dell-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+What:		/sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_enabled
+Date:		December 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.19
+Contact:	Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+		Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows to control the automatic keyboard
+		illumination mode on some systems that have an ambient
+		light sensor. Write 1 to this file to enable the auto
+		mode, 0 to disable it.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/als_setting
+Date:		December 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.19
+Contact:	Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+		Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows to specifiy the on/off threshold value,
+		as reported by the ambient light sensor.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+Date:		December 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.19
+Contact:	Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+		Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows to control the input triggers that
+		turn on the keyboard backlight illumination that is
+		disabled because of inactivity.
+		Read the file to see the triggers available. The ones
+		enabled are preceded by '+', those disabled by '-'.
+
+		To enable a trigger, write its name preceded by '+' to
+		this file. To disable a trigger, write its name preceded
+		by '-' instead.
+
+		For example, to enable the keyboard as trigger run:
+		    echo +keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+		To disable it:
+		    echo -keyboard > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/start_triggers
+
+		Note that not all the available triggers can be configured.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+Date:		December 2014
+KernelVersion:	3.19
+Contact:	Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>,
+		Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
+Description:
+		This file allows to specify the interval after which the
+		keyboard illumination is disabled because of inactivity.
+		The timeouts are expressed in seconds, minutes, hours and
+		days, for which the symbols are 's', 'm', 'h' and 'd'
+		respectively.
+
+		To configure the timeout, write to this file a value along
+		with any the above units. If no unit is specified, the value
+		is assumed to be expressed in seconds.
+
+		For example, to set the timeout to 10 minutes run:
+		    echo 10m > /sys/class/leds/dell::kbd_backlight/stop_timeout
+
+		Note that when this file is read, the returned value might be
+		expressed in a different unit than the one used when the timeout
+		was set.
+
+		Also note that only some timeouts are supported and that
+		some systems might fall back to a specific timeout in case
+		an invalid timeout is written to this file.
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
index 449a8a1..f4b78ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/CodingStyle
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 Anyway, here goes:
 
 
-	 	Chapter 1: Indentation
+		Chapter 1: Indentation
 
 Tabs are 8 characters, and thus indentations are also 8 characters.
 There are heretic movements that try to make indentations 4 (or even 2!)
@@ -56,7 +56,6 @@
 		break;
 	}
 
-
 Don't put multiple statements on a single line unless you have
 something to hide:
 
@@ -156,25 +155,25 @@
 
 Do not unnecessarily use braces where a single statement will do.
 
-if (condition)
-	action();
+	if (condition)
+		action();
 
 and
 
-if (condition)
-	do_this();
-else
-	do_that();
+	if (condition)
+		do_this();
+	else
+		do_that();
 
 This does not apply if only one branch of a conditional statement is a single
 statement; in the latter case use braces in both branches:
 
-if (condition) {
-	do_this();
-	do_that();
-} else {
-	otherwise();
-}
+	if (condition) {
+		do_this();
+		do_that();
+	} else {
+		otherwise();
+	}
 
 		3.1:  Spaces
 
@@ -186,8 +185,11 @@
 "struct fileinfo info;" is declared).
 
 So use a space after these keywords:
+
 	if, switch, case, for, do, while
+
 but not with sizeof, typeof, alignof, or __attribute__.  E.g.,
+
 	s = sizeof(struct file);
 
 Do not add spaces around (inside) parenthesized expressions.  This example is
@@ -209,12 +211,15 @@
 	=  +  -  <  >  *  /  %  |  &  ^  <=  >=  ==  !=  ?  :
 
 but no space after unary operators:
+
 	&  *  +  -  ~  !  sizeof  typeof  alignof  __attribute__  defined
 
 no space before the postfix increment & decrement unary operators:
+
 	++  --
 
 no space after the prefix increment & decrement unary operators:
+
 	++  --
 
 and no space around the '.' and "->" structure member operators.
@@ -268,13 +273,11 @@
 		Chapter 5: Typedefs
 
 Please don't use things like "vps_t".
-
 It's a _mistake_ to use typedef for structures and pointers. When you see a
 
 	vps_t a;
 
 in the source, what does it mean?
-
 In contrast, if it says
 
 	struct virtual_container *a;
@@ -372,11 +375,11 @@
 exported, the EXPORT* macro for it should follow immediately after the closing
 function brace line.  E.g.:
 
-int system_is_up(void)
-{
-	return system_state == SYSTEM_RUNNING;
-}
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up);
+	int system_is_up(void)
+	{
+		return system_state == SYSTEM_RUNNING;
+	}
+	EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up);
 
 In function prototypes, include parameter names with their data types.
 Although this is not required by the C language, it is preferred in Linux
@@ -405,34 +408,34 @@
     modifications are prevented
 - saves the compiler work to optimize redundant code away ;)
 
-int fun(int a)
-{
-	int result = 0;
-	char *buffer;
+	int fun(int a)
+	{
+		int result = 0;
+		char *buffer;
 
-	buffer = kmalloc(SIZE, GFP_KERNEL);
-	if (!buffer)
-		return -ENOMEM;
+		buffer = kmalloc(SIZE, GFP_KERNEL);
+		if (!buffer)
+			return -ENOMEM;
 
-	if (condition1) {
-		while (loop1) {
-			...
+		if (condition1) {
+			while (loop1) {
+				...
+			}
+			result = 1;
+			goto out_buffer;
 		}
-		result = 1;
-		goto out_buffer;
+		...
+	out_buffer:
+		kfree(buffer);
+		return result;
 	}
-	...
-out_buffer:
-	kfree(buffer);
-	return result;
-}
 
 A common type of bug to be aware of it "one err bugs" which look like this:
 
-err:
-	kfree(foo->bar);
-	kfree(foo);
-	return ret;
+	err:
+		kfree(foo->bar);
+		kfree(foo);
+		return ret;
 
 The bug in this code is that on some exit paths "foo" is NULL.  Normally the
 fix for this is to split it up into two error labels "err_bar:" and "err_foo:".
@@ -503,9 +506,9 @@
 (defun c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only (ignored)
   "Line up argument lists by tabs, not spaces"
   (let* ((anchor (c-langelem-pos c-syntactic-element))
-	 (column (c-langelem-2nd-pos c-syntactic-element))
-	 (offset (- (1+ column) anchor))
-	 (steps (floor offset c-basic-offset)))
+         (column (c-langelem-2nd-pos c-syntactic-element))
+         (offset (- (1+ column) anchor))
+         (steps (floor offset c-basic-offset)))
     (* (max steps 1)
        c-basic-offset)))
 
@@ -612,7 +615,7 @@
 
 Names of macros defining constants and labels in enums are capitalized.
 
-#define CONSTANT 0x12345
+	#define CONSTANT 0x12345
 
 Enums are preferred when defining several related constants.
 
@@ -623,28 +626,28 @@
 
 Macros with multiple statements should be enclosed in a do - while block:
 
-#define macrofun(a, b, c) 			\
-	do {					\
-		if (a == 5)			\
-			do_this(b, c);		\
-	} while (0)
+	#define macrofun(a, b, c) 			\
+		do {					\
+			if (a == 5)			\
+				do_this(b, c);		\
+		} while (0)
 
 Things to avoid when using macros:
 
 1) macros that affect control flow:
 
-#define FOO(x)					\
-	do {					\
-		if (blah(x) < 0)		\
-			return -EBUGGERED;	\
-	} while(0)
+	#define FOO(x)					\
+		do {					\
+			if (blah(x) < 0)		\
+				return -EBUGGERED;	\
+		} while(0)
 
 is a _very_ bad idea.  It looks like a function call but exits the "calling"
 function; don't break the internal parsers of those who will read the code.
 
 2) macros that depend on having a local variable with a magic name:
 
-#define FOO(val) bar(index, val)
+	#define FOO(val) bar(index, val)
 
 might look like a good thing, but it's confusing as hell when one reads the
 code and it's prone to breakage from seemingly innocent changes.
@@ -656,8 +659,21 @@
 must enclose the expression in parentheses. Beware of similar issues with
 macros using parameters.
 
-#define CONSTANT 0x4000
-#define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3)
+	#define CONSTANT 0x4000
+	#define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3)
+
+5) namespace collisions when defining local variables in macros resembling
+functions:
+
+#define FOO(x)				\
+({					\
+	typeof(x) ret;			\
+	ret = calc_ret(x);		\
+	(ret);				\
+)}
+
+ret is a common name for a local variable - __foo_ret is less likely
+to collide with an existing variable.
 
 The cpp manual deals with macros exhaustively. The gcc internals manual also
 covers RTL which is used frequently with assembly language in the kernel.
@@ -796,11 +812,11 @@
 For example, if you need to calculate the length of an array, take advantage
 of the macro
 
-  #define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
+	#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
 
 Similarly, if you need to calculate the size of some structure member, use
 
-  #define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f))
+	#define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f))
 
 There are also min() and max() macros that do strict type checking if you
 need them.  Feel free to peruse that header file to see what else is already
@@ -813,19 +829,19 @@
 indicated with special markers.  For example, emacs interprets lines marked
 like this:
 
--*- mode: c -*-
+	-*- mode: c -*-
 
 Or like this:
 
-/*
-Local Variables:
-compile-command: "gcc -DMAGIC_DEBUG_FLAG foo.c"
-End:
-*/
+	/*
+	Local Variables:
+	compile-command: "gcc -DMAGIC_DEBUG_FLAG foo.c"
+	End:
+	*/
 
 Vim interprets markers that look like this:
 
-/* vim:set sw=8 noet */
+	/* vim:set sw=8 noet */
 
 Do not include any of these in source files.  People have their own personal
 editor configurations, and your source files should not override them.  This
@@ -902,9 +918,9 @@
 place a comment after the #endif on the same line, noting the conditional
 expression used.  For instance:
 
-#ifdef CONFIG_SOMETHING
-...
-#endif /* CONFIG_SOMETHING */
+	#ifdef CONFIG_SOMETHING
+	...
+	#endif /* CONFIG_SOMETHING */
 
 
 		Appendix I: References
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
index 03f1985..9765a4c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
@@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@
           </para>
           <para>
             If a page flip can be successfully scheduled the driver must set the
-            <code>drm_crtc-&lt;fb</code> field to the new framebuffer pointed to
+            <code>drm_crtc-&gt;fb</code> field to the new framebuffer pointed to
             by <code>fb</code>. This is important so that the reference counting
             on framebuffers stays balanced.
           </para>
@@ -3979,6 +3979,11 @@
 !Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_disable_interrupts
 !Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_irq.c intel_runtime_pm_enable_interrupts
       </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+        <title>Intel GVT-g Guest Support(vGPU)</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_vgpu.c Intel GVT-g guest support
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_vgpu.c
+      </sect2>
     </sect1>
     <sect1>
       <title>Display Hardware Handling</title>
@@ -4048,6 +4053,17 @@
 !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_fbc.c
       </sect2>
       <sect2>
+        <title>Display Refresh Rate Switching (DRRS)</title>
+!Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c Display Refresh Rate Switching (DRRS)
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_dp_set_drrs_state
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_enable
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_disable
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_invalidate
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_edp_drrs_flush
+!Fdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_dp.c intel_dp_drrs_init
+
+      </sect2>
+      <sect2>
         <title>DPIO</title>
 !Pdrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_reg.h DPIO
 	<table id="dpiox2">
@@ -4168,7 +4184,7 @@
       <sect2>
         <title>Buffer Object Eviction</title>
 	<para>
-	  This section documents the interface function for evicting buffer
+	  This section documents the interface functions for evicting buffer
 	  objects to make space available in the virtual gpu address spaces.
 	  Note that this is mostly orthogonal to shrinking buffer objects
 	  caches, which has the goal to make main memory (shared with the gpu
@@ -4176,6 +4192,17 @@
 	</para>
 !Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_evict.c
       </sect2>
+      <sect2>
+        <title>Buffer Object Memory Shrinking</title>
+	<para>
+	  This section documents the interface function for shrinking memory
+	  usage of buffer object caches. Shrinking is used to make main memory
+	  available.  Note that this is mostly orthogonal to evicting buffer
+	  objects, which has the goal to make space in gpu virtual address
+	  spaces.
+	</para>
+!Idrivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_shrinker.c
+      </sect2>
     </sect1>
 
     <sect1>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
index 7ff01a2..fdee6b3 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml
@@ -1,14 +1,13 @@
   <bibliography>
     <title>References</title>
 
-    <biblioentry id="eia608">
-      <abbrev>EIA&nbsp;608-B</abbrev>
+    <biblioentry id="cea608">
+      <abbrev>CEA&nbsp;608-E</abbrev>
       <authorgroup>
-	<corpauthor>Electronic Industries Alliance (<ulink
-url="http://www.eia.org">http://www.eia.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
+	<corpauthor>Consumer Electronics Association (<ulink
+url="http://www.ce.org">http://www.ce.org</ulink>)</corpauthor>
       </authorgroup>
-      <title>EIA 608-B "Recommended Practice for Line 21 Data
-Service"</title>
+      <title>CEA-608-E R-2014 "Line 21 Data Services"</title>
     </biblioentry>
 
     <biblioentry id="en300294">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
index 350dfb3..a0aef85 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml
@@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@
         </listitem>
         <listitem>
 	  <para>Added <constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_RANGE</constant> control event
-	  changes flag. See <xref linkend="changes-flags"/>.</para>
+	  changes flag. See <xref linkend="ctrl-changes-flags"/>.</para>
         </listitem>
       </orderedlist>
     </section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
index 7a8bf30..0aec62e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x1000</entry>
-	    <entry><xref linkend="eia608" /></entry>
+	    <entry><xref linkend="cea608" /></entry>
 	    <entry>NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21)</entry>
 	    <entry>Two bytes in transmission order, including parity
 bit, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml
index 116c301..5872f8bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-entities.xml
@@ -143,86 +143,28 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>struct</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>v4l</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>dev</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Valid for V4L sub-devices and nodes only.</entry>
+	    <entry>Valid for (sub-)devices that create a single device node.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>major</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>V4L device node major number. For V4L sub-devices with no
-	    device node, set by the driver to 0.</entry>
+	    <entry>Device node major number.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>minor</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>V4L device node minor number. For V4L sub-devices with no
-	    device node, set by the driver to 0.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>struct</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>fb</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Valid for frame buffer nodes only.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>major</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>Frame buffer device node major number.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>minor</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>Frame buffer device node minor number.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>struct</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>alsa</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Valid for ALSA devices only.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>card</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>ALSA card number</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>device</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>ALSA device number</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>subdevice</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>ALSA sub-device number</entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>int</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>dvb</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>DVB card number</entry>
+	    <entry>Device node minor number.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry>__u8</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>raw</structfield>[180]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>raw</structfield>[184]</entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
 	  </row>
@@ -253,8 +195,24 @@
 	    <entry>ALSA card</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>DVB card</entry>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_FE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB frontend devnode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_DEMUX</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB demux devnode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_DVR</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB DVR devnode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_CA</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB CAM devnode</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_DEVNODE_DVB_NET</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>DVB network devnode</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV</constant></entry>
@@ -282,6 +240,10 @@
 	    it in some digital video standard, with appropriate embedded timing
 	    signals.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>MEDIA_ENT_T_V4L2_SUBDEV_TUNER</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>TV and/or radio tuner</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
index 6ab4f0f..b60fb93 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
@@ -303,45 +303,6 @@
 	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	  </row>
-	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666">
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>'BGRH'</entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry></entry>
-	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR24">
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>'BGR3'</entry>
@@ -404,6 +365,46 @@
 	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR666">
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR666</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>'BGRH'</entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry></entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	    <entry>-</entry>
+	  </row>
 	  <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ABGR32">
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ABGR32</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>'AR24'</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml
index 19727ab..7803b8c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sgrbg8.xml
@@ -38,10 +38,10 @@
 		    </row>
 		    <row>
 		      <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;4:</entry>
-		      <entry>R<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>B<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>R<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>B<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>B<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>G<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>B<subscript>12</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>G<subscript>13</subscript></entry>
 		    </row>
 		    <row>
 		      <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;8:</entry>
@@ -52,10 +52,10 @@
 		    </row>
 		    <row>
 		      <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;12:</entry>
-		      <entry>R<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>B<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>R<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
-		      <entry>B<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>B<subscript>30</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>G<subscript>31</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>B<subscript>32</subscript></entry>
+		      <entry>G<subscript>33</subscript></entry>
 		    </row>
 		  </tbody>
 		</tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml
index 30aa635..a8cc102 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10p.xml
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 	<title>Byte Order.</title>
 	<para>Each cell is one byte.
 	  <informaltable frame="topbot" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
-	    <tgroup cols="5" align="center" border="1">
+	    <tgroup cols="5" align="center">
 	      <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
 	      <tbody valign="top">
 		<row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
index 60308f1..e781cc6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml
@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@
 words, two Cx rows (including padding) is exactly as long as one Y row
 (including padding).</para>
 
-	<para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M</constant> is intended to be
+	<para><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> is intended to be
 used only in drivers and applications that support the multi-planar API,
 described in <xref linkend="planar-apis"/>. </para>
 
 	<example>
-	  <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420M</constant> 4 &times; 4
+	  <title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M</constant> 4 &times; 4
 pixel image</title>
 
 	  <formalpara>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index 5e0352c..fcde4e2 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@
 boundary. Input devices may write padding bytes, the value is
 undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding
 bytes.</para><para>When the image format is planar the
-<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the largest
+<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the first
 plane and is divided by the same factor as the
-<structfield>width</structfield> field for any smaller planes. For
+<structfield>width</structfield> field for the other planes. For
 example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many
 padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities
 drivers must return a <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value
@@ -182,14 +182,14 @@
           </entry>
         </row>
         <row>
-          <entry>__u16</entry>
+          <entry>__u32</entry>
           <entry><structfield>bytesperline</structfield></entry>
           <entry>Distance in bytes between the leftmost pixels in two adjacent
             lines. See &v4l2-pix-format;.</entry>
         </row>
         <row>
           <entry>__u16</entry>
-          <entry><structfield>reserved[7]</structfield></entry>
+          <entry><structfield>reserved[6]</structfield></entry>
           <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the
            application.</entry>
         </row>
@@ -483,8 +483,8 @@
 Y'CbCr encodings and the third is the quantization identifier (&v4l2-quantization;)
 to specify non-standard quantization methods. Most of the time only the colorspace
 field of &v4l2-pix-format; or &v4l2-pix-format-mplane; needs to be filled in. Note
-that the default R'G'B' quantization is always full range for all colorspaces,
-so this won't be mentioned explicitly for each colorspace description.</para>
+that the default R'G'B' quantization is full range for all colorspaces except for
+BT.2020 which uses limited range R'G'B' quantization.</para>
 
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-colorspace">
       <title>V4L2 Colorspaces</title>
@@ -598,7 +598,8 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>Use the default quantization encoding as defined by the colorspace.
-This is always full range for R'G'B' and usually limited range for Y'CbCr.</entry>
+This is always full range for R'G'B' (except for the BT.2020 colorspace) and usually
+limited range for Y'CbCr.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE</constant></entry>
@@ -620,8 +621,8 @@
 
   <section>
     <title>Detailed Colorspace Descriptions</title>
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-smpte-170m">Colorspace SMPTE 170M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-smpte-170m">
+      <title>Colorspace SMPTE 170M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE170M</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="smpte170m" /> standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC and PAL and by SDTV
 in general. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>.
 The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and
@@ -666,8 +667,7 @@
       <variablelist>
 	<varlistentry>
           <term>The transfer function defined for SMPTE 170M is the same as the
-one defined in Rec. 709. Normally L is in the range [0&hellip;1], but for the extended
-gamut xvYCC encoding values outside that range are allowed.</term>
+one defined in Rec. 709.</term>
 	  <listitem>
             <para>L' = -1.099(-L)<superscript>0.45</superscript>&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.099&nbsp;for&nbsp;L&nbsp;&le;&nbsp;-0.018</para>
             <para>L' = 4.5L&nbsp;for&nbsp;-0.018&nbsp;&lt;&nbsp;L&nbsp;&lt;&nbsp;0.018</para>
@@ -702,29 +702,10 @@
 though BT.601 does not mention any color primaries.</para>
       <para>The default quantization is limited range, but full range is possible although
 rarely seen.</para>
-      <para>The <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant> encoding as described above is the
-default for this colorspace, but it can be overridden with <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant>,
-in which case the Rec. 709 Y'CbCr encoding is used.</para>
-      <variablelist>
-	<varlistentry>
-      	  <term>The xvYCC 601 encoding (<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>, <xref linkend="xvycc" />) is similar
-to the BT.601 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range
-[0&hellip;1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset:</term>
-	  <listitem>
-            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(219&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.299R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.587G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.114B')&nbsp;+&nbsp;(16&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)</para>
-            <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(-0.169R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.331G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B')</para>
-            <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.419G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.081B')</para>
-	  </listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-      </variablelist>
-      <para>Y' is clamped to the range [0&hellip;1] and Cb and Cr are clamped
-to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 709 encoding can also be used by selecting
-<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709</constant>. The xvYCC encodings always use full range
-quantization.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-rec709">Colorspace Rec. 709 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-rec709">
+      <title>Colorspace Rec. 709 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_REC709</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="itu709" /> standard defines the colorspace used by HDTV in general. The default
 Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is
 limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para>
@@ -803,26 +784,39 @@
       <para>The <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_709</constant> encoding described above is the default
 for this colorspace, but it can be overridden with <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>, in which
 case the BT.601 Y'CbCr encoding is used.</para>
+      <para>Two additional extended gamut Y'CbCr encodings are also possible with this colorspace:</para>
       <variablelist>
 	<varlistentry>
       	  <term>The xvYCC 709 encoding (<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709</constant>, <xref linkend="xvycc" />)
 is similar to the Rec. 709 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range
 [0&hellip;1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(219&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.2126R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.7152G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0722B')&nbsp;+&nbsp;(16&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)</para>
-            <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(-0.1146R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.3854G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B')</para>
-            <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;255)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.4542G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.0458B')</para>
+            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(219&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.2126R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.7152G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0722B')&nbsp;+&nbsp;(16&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)</para>
+            <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(-0.1146R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.3854G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B')</para>
+            <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.4542G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.0458B')</para>
+	  </listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+      </variablelist>
+      <variablelist>
+	<varlistentry>
+         <term>The xvYCC 601 encoding (<constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>, <xref linkend="xvycc" />) is similar
+to the BT.601 encoding, but it allows for R', G' and B' values that are outside the range
+[0&hellip;1]. The resulting Y', Cb and Cr values are scaled and offset:</term>
+	  <listitem>
+            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(219&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.299R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.587G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.114B')&nbsp;+&nbsp;(16&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)</para>
+            <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(-0.169R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.331G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B')</para>
+            <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;(224&nbsp;/&nbsp;256)&nbsp;*&nbsp;(0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.419G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.081B')</para>
 	  </listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
       </variablelist>
       <para>Y' is clamped to the range [0&hellip;1] and Cb and Cr are clamped
-to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 601 encoding can also be used by
-selecting <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>. The xvYCC encodings always use full
-range quantization.</para>
+to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The non-standard xvYCC 709 or xvYCC 601 encodings can be used by
+selecting <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV709</constant> or <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_XV601</constant>.
+The xvYCC encodings always use full range quantization.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-srgb">Colorspace sRGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-srgb">
+      <title>Colorspace sRGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="srgb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by most webcams and computer graphics. The
 default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SYCC</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization
 is full range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para>
@@ -898,8 +892,8 @@
 values before quantization, but this encoding does not do that.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-adobergb">Colorspace Adobe RGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-adobergb">
+      <title>Colorspace Adobe RGB (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_ADOBERGB</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="adobergb" /> standard defines the colorspace used by computer graphics
 that use the AdobeRGB colorspace. This is also known as the <xref linkend="oprgb" /> standard.
 The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr
@@ -970,12 +964,12 @@
 SMPTE 170M/BT.601. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-bt2020">Colorspace BT.2020 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-bt2020">
+      <title>Colorspace BT.2020 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_BT2020</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="itu2020" /> standard defines the colorspace used by Ultra-high definition
 television (UHDTV). The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020</constant>.
-The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and
-the white reference are:</para>
+The default R'G'B' quantization is limited range (!), and so is the default Y'CbCr quantization.
+The chromaticities of the primary colors and the white reference are:</para>
       <table frame="none">
         <title>BT.2020 Chromaticities</title>
         <tgroup cols="3" align="left">
@@ -1032,7 +1026,7 @@
       	  <term>The luminance (Y') and color difference (Cb and Cr) are obtained with the
 following <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_BT2020</constant> encoding:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;0.2627R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.6789G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0593B'</para>
+            <para>Y'&nbsp;=&nbsp;0.2627R'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.6780G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0593B'</para>
             <para>Cb&nbsp;=&nbsp;-0.1396R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.3604G'&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.5B'</para>
             <para>Cr&nbsp;=&nbsp;0.5R'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.4598G'&nbsp;-&nbsp;0.0402B'</para>
 	  </listitem>
@@ -1046,7 +1040,7 @@
 	<varlistentry>
       	  <term>Luma:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Yc'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(0.2627R&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.6789G&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0593B)'</para>
+            <para>Yc'&nbsp;=&nbsp;(0.2627R&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.6780G&nbsp;+&nbsp;0.0593B)'</para>
 	  </listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
       </variablelist>
@@ -1054,7 +1048,7 @@
 	<varlistentry>
       	  <term>B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Yc'&nbsp;&le;&nbsp;0:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Cbc&nbsp;=&nbsp;(B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Y')&nbsp;/&nbsp;1.9404</para>
+            <para>Cbc&nbsp;=&nbsp;(B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Yc')&nbsp;/&nbsp;1.9404</para>
 	  </listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
       </variablelist>
@@ -1062,7 +1056,7 @@
 	<varlistentry>
       	  <term>B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Yc'&nbsp;&gt;&nbsp;0:</term>
 	  <listitem>
-            <para>Cbc&nbsp;=&nbsp;(B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Y')&nbsp;/&nbsp;1.5816</para>
+            <para>Cbc&nbsp;=&nbsp;(B'&nbsp;-&nbsp;Yc')&nbsp;/&nbsp;1.5816</para>
 	  </listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
       </variablelist>
@@ -1086,8 +1080,8 @@
 clamped to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The Yc'CbcCrc quantization is limited range.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-smpte-240m">Colorspace SMPTE 240M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-smpte-240m">
+      <title>Colorspace SMPTE 240M (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SMPTE240M</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="smpte240m" /> standard was an interim standard used during the early days of HDTV (1988-1998).
 It has been superseded by Rec. 709. The default Y'CbCr encoding is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_SMPTE240M</constant>.
 The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range. The chromaticities of the primary colors and the
@@ -1159,8 +1153,8 @@
 clamped to the range [-0.5&hellip;0.5]. The Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-sysm">Colorspace NTSC 1953 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-sysm">
+      <title>Colorspace NTSC 1953 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_M</constant>)</title>
       <para>This standard defines the colorspace used by NTSC in 1953. In practice this
 colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding
 is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.
@@ -1237,8 +1231,8 @@
 This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-sysbg">Colorspace EBU Tech. 3213 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-sysbg">
+      <title>Colorspace EBU Tech. 3213 (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_470_SYSTEM_BG</constant>)</title>
       <para>The <xref linkend="tech3213" /> standard defines the colorspace used by PAL/SECAM in 1975. In practice this
 colorspace is obsolete and SMPTE 170M should be used instead. The default Y'CbCr encoding
 is <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant>. The default Y'CbCr quantization is limited range.
@@ -1311,8 +1305,8 @@
 This transform is identical to one defined in SMPTE 170M/BT.601.</para>
     </section>
 
-    <section>
-      <title id="col-jpeg">Colorspace JPEG (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant>)</title>
+    <section id="col-jpeg">
+      <title>Colorspace JPEG (<constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_JPEG</constant>)</title>
       <para>This colorspace defines the colorspace used by most (Motion-)JPEG formats. The chromaticities
 of the primary colors and the white reference are identical to sRGB. The Y'CbCr encoding is
 <constant>V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_601</constant> with full range quantization where
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
index c5ea868..2588ad7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml
@@ -91,7 +91,9 @@
 	<listitem><para>For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller
 	than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding
 	value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits
-	(PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO).</para></listitem>
+	(PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO). A "C" prefix is used for component-wise
+	padding in the most high order bits (CPADHI) or low order bits (CPADLO)
+	of each separate component.</para></listitem>
 	<listitem><para>For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger
 	than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first
 	(BE) or LSB first (LE).</para></listitem>
@@ -192,6 +194,24 @@
 	    </row>
 	  </thead>
 	  <tbody valign="top">
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB444-1X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_1X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1016</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB444-2X8-PADHI-BE">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB444_2X8_PADHI_BE</entry>
 	      <entry>0x1001</entry>
@@ -304,6 +324,28 @@
 	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB565-1X16">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB565_1X16</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1017</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-16;
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-BGR565-2X8-BE">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR565_2X8_BE</entry>
 	      <entry>0x1005</entry>
@@ -440,6 +482,126 @@
 	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RBG888-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RBG888_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x100e</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB666-1X24_CPADHI">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X24_CPADHI</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1015</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-BGR888-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_BGR888_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1013</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-GBR888-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_GBR888_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1014</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X24">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X24</entry>
 	      <entry>0x100a</entry>
@@ -579,6 +741,298 @@
 	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X32-PADHI">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X32_PADHI</entry>
+	      <entry>0x100f</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	  </tbody>
+	</tgroup>
+      </table>
+
+      <para>On LVDS buses, usually each sample is transferred serialized in
+      seven time slots per pixel clock, on three (18-bit) or four (24-bit)
+      differential data pairs at the same time. The remaining bits are used for
+      control signals as defined by SPWG/PSWG/VESA or JEIDA standards.
+      The 24-bit RGB format serialized in seven time slots on four lanes using
+      JEIDA defined bit mapping will be named
+      <constant>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA</constant>, for example.
+      </para>
+
+      <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-rgb-lvds">
+	<title>LVDS RGB formats</title>
+	<tgroup cols="8">
+	  <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+	  <colspec colname="code" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colname="slot" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colname="lane" />
+	  <colspec colnum="5" colname="l03" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colnum="6" colname="l02" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colnum="7" colname="l01" align="center" />
+	  <colspec colnum="8" colname="l00" align="center" />
+	  <spanspec namest="l03" nameend="l00" spanname="l0" />
+	  <thead>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry>Identifier</entry>
+	      <entry>Code</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry spanname="l0">Data organization</entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>Timeslot</entry>
+	      <entry>Lane</entry>
+	      <entry>3</entry>
+	      <entry>2</entry>
+	      <entry>1</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	    </row>
+	  </thead>
+	  <tbody valign="top">
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB666-1X7X3-SPWG">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB666_1X7X3_SPWG</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1010</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>1</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>2</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>3</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>4</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>5</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>6</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X7X4-SPWG">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_SPWG</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1011</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>1</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>2</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>3</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>4</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>5</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>6</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-RGB888-1X7X4-JEIDA">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_RGB888_1X7X4_JEIDA</entry>
+	      <entry>0x1012</entry>
+	      <entry>0</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>1</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>2</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>d</entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>3</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>4</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>5</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>6</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	  </tbody>
 	</tgroup>
       </table>
@@ -2188,6 +2642,294 @@
 	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY12-2X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201c</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY12-2X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201d</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV12-2X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201e</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU12-2X12">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_2X12</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201f</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-20;
+	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY8-1X16">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY8_1X16</entry>
 	      <entry>0x200f</entry>
@@ -2660,55 +3402,48 @@
 	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUV10-1X30">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30</entry>
-	      <entry>0x2016</entry>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VUY8-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VUY8_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x201a</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      &dash-ent-8;
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUV8-1X24">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV8_1X24</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2025</entry>
 	      <entry></entry>
 	      <entry>-</entry>
 	      <entry>-</entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-AYUV8-1X32">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AYUV8_1X32</entry>
-	      <entry>0x2017</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
 	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
@@ -2734,294 +3469,6 @@
 	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY12-2X12">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_2X12</entry>
-	      <entry>0x201c</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-VYUY12-2X12">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_VYUY12_2X12</entry>
-	      <entry>0x201d</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUYV12-2X12">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUYV12_2X12</entry>
-	      <entry>0x201e</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YVYU12-2X12">
-	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YVYU12_2X12</entry>
-	      <entry>0x201f</entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>v<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>y<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
-	    <row>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      <entry></entry>
-	      &dash-ent-20;
-	      <entry>u<subscript>11</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>10</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
-	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
-	    </row>
 	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-UYVY12-1X24">
 	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_UYVY12_1X24</entry>
 	      <entry>0x2020</entry>
@@ -3262,6 +3709,80 @@
 	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
 	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
 	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-YUV10-1X30">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_YUV10_1X30</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2016</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>-</entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>9</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>8</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
+	    <row id="MEDIA-BUS-FMT-AYUV8-1X32">
+	      <entry>MEDIA_BUS_FMT_AYUV8_1X32</entry>
+	      <entry>0x2017</entry>
+	      <entry></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>y<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>u<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+	      <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+	    </row>
 	  </tbody>
 	</tgroup>
       </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
index ac0f8d9..e98caa1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -136,6 +136,7 @@
       <year>2012</year>
       <year>2013</year>
       <year>2014</year>
+      <year>2015</year>
       <holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin
 Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab,
 	Pawel Osciak</holder>
@@ -152,6 +153,14 @@
 applications. -->
 
       <revision>
+	<revnumber>3.21</revnumber>
+	<date>2015-02-13</date>
+	<authorinitials>mcc</authorinitials>
+	<revremark>Fix documentation for media controller device nodes and add support for DVB device nodes.
+Add support for Tuner sub-device.
+	</revremark>
+      </revision>
+      <revision>
 	<revnumber>3.19</revnumber>
 	<date>2014-12-05</date>
 	<authorinitials>hv</authorinitials>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
index 1f5ed64..50cb940 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml
@@ -59,6 +59,11 @@
 switch can occur implicit when switching the video input or
 output.</para>
 
+<para>Do not use the multiplanar buffer types.  Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
+instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>
+and use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>.</para>
+
     <para>This ioctl must be implemented for video capture or output devices that
 support cropping and/or scaling and/or have non-square pixels, and for overlay devices.</para>
 
@@ -73,9 +78,7 @@
 	    <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application.
 Only these types are valid here:
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>,
-<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> and
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
index b036f89..50ccd33 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
             <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>Type of the event.</entry>
+	    <entry>Type of the event, see <xref linkend="event-type" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>union</entry>
@@ -154,6 +154,113 @@
       </tgroup>
     </table>
 
+    <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="event-type">
+      <title>Event Types</title>
+      <tgroup cols="3">
+	&cs-def;
+	<tbody valign="top">
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_ALL</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0</entry>
+	    <entry>All events. V4L2_EVENT_ALL is valid only for
+	    VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT for unsubscribing all events at once.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>1</entry>
+	    <entry>This event is triggered on the vertical sync.
+	    This event has a &v4l2-event-vsync; associated with it.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>2</entry>
+	    <entry>This event is triggered when the end of a stream is reached.
+	    This is typically used with MPEG decoders to report to the application
+	    when the last of the MPEG stream has been decoded.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>3</entry>
+	    <entry><para>This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield>
+		matches the control ID from which you want to receive events.
+		This event is triggered if the control's value changes, if a
+		button control is pressed or if the control's flags change.
+	    	This event has a &v4l2-event-ctrl; associated with it. This struct
+		contains much of the same information as &v4l2-queryctrl; and
+		&v4l2-control;.</para>
+
+		<para>If the event is generated due to a call to &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or
+		&VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS;, then the event will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be sent to
+		the file handle that called the ioctl function. This prevents
+		nasty feedback loops. If you <emphasis>do</emphasis> want to get the
+		event, then set the <constant>V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK</constant>
+		flag.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>This event type will ensure that no information is lost when
+		more events are raised than there is room internally. In that
+		case the &v4l2-event-ctrl; of the second-oldest event is kept,
+		but the <structfield>changes</structfield> field of the
+		second-oldest event is ORed with the <structfield>changes</structfield>
+		field of the oldest event.</para>
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>4</entry>
+	    <entry>
+	      <para>Triggered immediately when the reception of a
+	      frame has begun. This event has a
+	      &v4l2-event-frame-sync; associated with it.</para>
+
+	      <para>If the hardware needs to be stopped in the case of a
+	      buffer underrun it might not be able to generate this event.
+	      In such cases the <structfield>frame_sequence</structfield>
+	      field in &v4l2-event-frame-sync; will not be incremented. This
+	      causes two consecutive frame sequence numbers to have n times
+	      frame interval in between them.</para>
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>5</entry>
+	    <entry>
+	      <para>This event is triggered when a source parameter change is
+	       detected during runtime by the video device. It can be a
+	       runtime resolution change triggered by a video decoder or the
+	       format change happening on an input connector.
+	       This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield>
+	       matches the input index (when used with a video device node)
+	       or the pad index (when used with a subdevice node) from which
+	       you want to receive events.</para>
+
+              <para>This event has a &v4l2-event-src-change; associated
+	      with it. The <structfield>changes</structfield> bitfield denotes
+	      what has changed for the subscribed pad. If multiple events
+	      occurred before application could dequeue them, then the changes
+	      will have the ORed value of all the events generated.</para>
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>6</entry>
+	    <entry>
+	      <para>Triggered whenever the motion detection state for one or more of the regions
+	      changes. This event has a &v4l2-event-motion-det; associated with it.</para>
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x08000000</entry>
+	    <entry>Base event number for driver-private events.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	</tbody>
+      </tgroup>
+    </table>
+
     <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-event-vsync">
       <title>struct <structname>v4l2_event_vsync</structname></title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
@@ -177,7 +284,7 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>changes</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry></entry>
-	    <entry>A bitmask that tells what has changed. See <xref linkend="changes-flags" />.</entry>
+	    <entry>A bitmask that tells what has changed. See <xref linkend="ctrl-changes-flags" />.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -309,8 +416,8 @@
       </tgroup>
     </table>
 
-    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="changes-flags">
-      <title>Changes</title>
+    <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="ctrl-changes-flags">
+      <title>Control Changes</title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
 	&cs-def;
 	<tbody valign="top">
@@ -318,9 +425,9 @@
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x0001</entry>
 	    <entry>This control event was triggered because the value of the control
-		changed. Special case: if a button control is pressed, then this
-		event is sent as well, even though there is not explicit value
-		associated with a button control.</entry>
+		changed. Special cases: Volatile controls do no generate this event;
+		If a control has the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE</constant>
+		flag set, then this event is sent as well, regardless its value.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_FLAGS</constant></entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
index 75c6a93..e6c4efb 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml
@@ -70,6 +70,11 @@
 <constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this
 structure.</para>
 
+<para>Do not use the multiplanar buffer types.  Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
+instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>
+and use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>.</para>
+
     <para>The driver first adjusts the requested dimensions against
 hardware limits, &ie; the bounds given by the capture/output window,
 and it rounds to the closest possible values of horizontal and
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
index c433657..764b635 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml
@@ -318,10 +318,20 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE</entry>
-	    <entry>Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then field 1 (aka the odd field)
-is really one half-line longer and field 2 (aka the even field) is really one half-line
-shorter, so each field has exactly the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be
-detected or used depends on the hardware.
+	    <entry>Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then the vertical frontporch
+of field 1 (aka the odd field) is really one half-line longer and the vertical backporch
+of field 2 (aka the even field) is really one half-line shorter, so each field has exactly
+the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be detected or used depends on
+the hardware.
+	    </entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_IS_CE_VIDEO</entry>
+	    <entry>If set, then this is a Consumer Electronics (CE) video format.
+Such formats differ from other formats (commonly called IT formats) in that if
+R'G'B' encoding is used then by default the R'G'B' values use limited range
+(i.e. 16-235) as opposed to full range (i.e. 0-255). All formats defined in CEA-861
+except for the 640x480p59.94 format are CE formats.
 	    </entry>
 	  </row>
 	</tbody>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
index 2046073..77607cc 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
@@ -240,9 +240,9 @@
 page boundary. Capture devices may write padding bytes, the value is
 undefined. Output devices ignore the contents of padding
 bytes.</para><para>When the image format is planar the
-<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the largest
+<structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value applies to the first
 plane and is divided by the same factor as the
-<structfield>width</structfield> field for any smaller planes. For
+<structfield>width</structfield> field for the other planes. For
 example the Cb and Cr planes of a YUV 4:2:0 image have half as many
 padding bytes following each line as the Y plane. To avoid ambiguities
 drivers must return a <structfield>bytesperline</structfield> value
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
index 9c04ac8..0bb5c06 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@
 
 <para>To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set &v4l2-selection;
 <structfield> type </structfield> field to the respective buffer type.
-Do not use multiplanar buffers.  Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
-instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>.  Use
+Do not use the multiplanar buffer types.  Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
+instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant> and use
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of
 <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>.  The next step is
 setting the value of &v4l2-selection; <structfield>target</structfield> field
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml
index bd015d1..d05623c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_SLICED_CAPTION_525</constant></entry>
 	    <entry>0x1000</entry>
-	    <entry><xref linkend="eia608" /></entry>
+	    <entry><xref linkend="cea608" /></entry>
 	    <entry>NTSC line 21, 284 (second field 21)</entry>
 	    <entry>Two bytes in transmission order, including parity
 bit, lsb first transmitted.</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
index d0c5e60..20fda75 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
@@ -102,10 +102,10 @@
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>version</structfield></entry>
 	    <entry><para>Version number of the driver.</para>
-<para>Starting on kernel 3.1, the version reported is provided per
-V4L2 subsystem, following the same Kernel numberation scheme. However, it
-should not always return the same version as the kernel, if, for example,
-an stable or distribution-modified kernel uses the V4L2 stack from a
+<para>Starting with kernel 3.1, the version reported is provided by the
+V4L2 subsystem following the kernel numbering scheme. However, it
+may not always return the same version as the kernel if, for example,
+a stable or distribution-modified kernel uses the V4L2 stack from a
 newer kernel.</para>
 <para>The version number is formatted using the
 <constant>KERNEL_VERSION()</constant> macro:</para></entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml
index 2bd98fd7..dc83ad7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml
@@ -600,7 +600,9 @@
 changes continuously. A typical example would be the current gain value if the device
 is in auto-gain mode. In such a case the hardware calculates the gain value based on
 the lighting conditions which can change over time. Note that setting a new value for
-a volatile control will have no effect. The new value will just be ignored.</entry>
+a volatile control will have no effect and no <constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE</constant>
+will be sent, unless the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE</constant> flag
+(see below) is also set. Otherwise the new value will just be ignored.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant></entry>
@@ -610,6 +612,14 @@
 that are an array, string, or have a compound type. In all cases you have to set a
 pointer to memory containing the payload of the control.</entry>
 	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_EXECUTE_ON_WRITE</constant></entry>
+	    <entry>0x0200</entry>
+	    <entry>The value provided to the control will be propagated to the driver
+even if remains constant. This is required when the control represents an action
+on the hardware. For example: clearing an error flag or triggering the flash. All the
+controls of the type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BUTTON</constant> have this flag set.</entry>
+	  </row>
 	</tbody>
       </tgroup>
     </table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml
index 2f8f4f0..cff59f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-interval.xml
@@ -67,9 +67,9 @@
 
     <para>To enumerate frame intervals applications initialize the
     <structfield>index</structfield>, <structfield>pad</structfield>,
-    <structfield>code</structfield>, <structfield>width</structfield> and
-    <structfield>height</structfield> fields of
-    &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum; and call the
+    <structfield>which</structfield>, <structfield>code</structfield>,
+    <structfield>width</structfield> and <structfield>height</structfield>
+    fields of &v4l2-subdev-frame-interval-enum; and call the
     <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL</constant> ioctl with a pointer
     to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return
     an &EINVAL; if one of the input fields is invalid. All frame intervals are
@@ -123,7 +123,12 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Frame intervals to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry>
 	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
 	    set the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml
index 79ce42b..abd545e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-frame-size.xml
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@
     ioctl.</para>
 
     <para>To enumerate frame sizes applications initialize the
-    <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>code</structfield> and
-    <structfield>index</structfield> fields of the
-    &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and call the
+    <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>which</structfield> ,
+    <structfield>code</structfield> and <structfield>index</structfield>
+    fields of the &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and call the
     <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE</constant> ioctl with a pointer to
     the structure. Drivers fill the minimum and maximum frame sizes or return
     an &EINVAL; if one of the input parameters is invalid.</para>
@@ -127,7 +127,12 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Frame sizes to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry>
 	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
 	    set the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml
index a6b3432..0bcb278 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-enum-mbus-code.xml
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
     </note>
 
     <para>To enumerate media bus formats available at a given sub-device pad
-    applications initialize the <structfield>pad</structfield> and
-    <structfield>index</structfield> fields of &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and
+    applications initialize the <structfield>pad</structfield>, <structfield>which</structfield>
+    and <structfield>index</structfield> fields of &v4l2-subdev-mbus-code-enum; and
     call the <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE</constant> ioctl with a
     pointer to this structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return
     an &EINVAL; if either the <structfield>pad</structfield> or
@@ -93,7 +93,12 @@
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
-	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[9]</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry>
+	    <entry>Media bus format codes to be enumerated, from &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry>
+	  </row>
+	  <row>
+	    <entry>__u32</entry>
+	    <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry>
 	    <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must
 	    set the array to zero.</entry>
 	  </row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml
index d7c9365..d0332f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml
@@ -60,7 +60,9 @@
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
 	    <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
-	    <entry>Type of the event.</entry>
+	    <entry>Type of the event, see <xref linkend="event-type" />. Note that
+<constant>V4L2_EVENT_ALL</constant> can be used with VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT
+for unsubscribing all events at once.</entry>
 	  </row>
 	  <row>
 	    <entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -84,113 +86,6 @@
       </tgroup>
     </table>
 
-    <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="event-type">
-      <title>Event Types</title>
-      <tgroup cols="3">
-	&cs-def;
-	<tbody valign="top">
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_ALL</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0</entry>
-	    <entry>All events. V4L2_EVENT_ALL is valid only for
-	    VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT for unsubscribing all events at once.
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_VSYNC</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>1</entry>
-	    <entry>This event is triggered on the vertical sync.
-	    This event has a &v4l2-event-vsync; associated with it.
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_EOS</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>2</entry>
-	    <entry>This event is triggered when the end of a stream is reached.
-	    This is typically used with MPEG decoders to report to the application
-	    when the last of the MPEG stream has been decoded.
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>3</entry>
-	    <entry><para>This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield>
-		matches the control ID from which you want to receive events.
-		This event is triggered if the control's value changes, if a
-		button control is pressed or if the control's flags change.
-	    	This event has a &v4l2-event-ctrl; associated with it. This struct
-		contains much of the same information as &v4l2-queryctrl; and
-		&v4l2-control;.</para>
-
-		<para>If the event is generated due to a call to &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or
-		&VIDIOC-S-EXT-CTRLS;, then the event will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be sent to
-		the file handle that called the ioctl function. This prevents
-		nasty feedback loops. If you <emphasis>do</emphasis> want to get the
-		event, then set the <constant>V4L2_EVENT_SUB_FL_ALLOW_FEEDBACK</constant>
-		flag.
-		</para>
-
-		<para>This event type will ensure that no information is lost when
-		more events are raised than there is room internally. In that
-		case the &v4l2-event-ctrl; of the second-oldest event is kept,
-		but the <structfield>changes</structfield> field of the
-		second-oldest event is ORed with the <structfield>changes</structfield>
-		field of the oldest event.</para>
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>4</entry>
-	    <entry>
-	      <para>Triggered immediately when the reception of a
-	      frame has begun. This event has a
-	      &v4l2-event-frame-sync; associated with it.</para>
-
-	      <para>If the hardware needs to be stopped in the case of a
-	      buffer underrun it might not be able to generate this event.
-	      In such cases the <structfield>frame_sequence</structfield>
-	      field in &v4l2-event-frame-sync; will not be incremented. This
-	      causes two consecutive frame sequence numbers to have n times
-	      frame interval in between them.</para>
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>5</entry>
-	    <entry>
-	      <para>This event is triggered when a source parameter change is
-	       detected during runtime by the video device. It can be a
-	       runtime resolution change triggered by a video decoder or the
-	       format change happening on an input connector.
-	       This event requires that the <structfield>id</structfield>
-	       matches the input index (when used with a video device node)
-	       or the pad index (when used with a subdevice node) from which
-	       you want to receive events.</para>
-
-              <para>This event has a &v4l2-event-src-change; associated
-	      with it. The <structfield>changes</structfield> bitfield denotes
-	      what has changed for the subscribed pad. If multiple events
-	      occurred before application could dequeue them, then the changes
-	      will have the ORed value of all the events generated.</para>
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>6</entry>
-	    <entry>
-	      <para>Triggered whenever the motion detection state for one or more of the regions
-	      changes. This event has a &v4l2-event-motion-det; associated with it.</para>
-	    </entry>
-	  </row>
-	  <row>
-	    <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START</constant></entry>
-	    <entry>0x08000000</entry>
-	    <entry>Base event number for driver-private events.</entry>
-	  </row>
-	</tbody>
-      </tgroup>
-    </table>
-
     <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="event-flags">
       <title>Event Flags</title>
       <tgroup cols="3">
diff --git a/Documentation/IPMI.txt b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
index 653d5d7..31d1d65 100644
--- a/Documentation/IPMI.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IPMI.txt
@@ -505,7 +505,10 @@
 
 The addresses are normal I2C addresses.  The adapter is the string
 name of the adapter, as shown in /sys/class/i2c-adapter/i2c-<n>/name.
-It is *NOT* i2c-<n> itself.
+It is *NOT* i2c-<n> itself.  Also, the comparison is done ignoring
+spaces, so if the name is "This is an I2C chip" you can say
+adapter_name=ThisisanI2cchip.  This is because it's hard to pass in
+spaces in kernel parameters.
 
 The debug flags are bit flags for each BMC found, they are:
 IPMI messages: 1, driver state: 2, timing: 4, I2C probe: 8
diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
index 39cfa72..3a8e15c 100644
--- a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
+++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt
@@ -95,8 +95,7 @@
 hwirq number.  The disadvantage is that hwirq to IRQ number lookup is
 dependent on how many entries are in the table.
 
-Very few drivers should need this mapping.  At the moment, powerpc
-iseries is the only user.
+Very few drivers should need this mapping.
 
 ==== No Map ===-
 irq_domain_add_nomap()
diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile
index 6883a1b..bc05482 100644
--- a/Documentation/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/Makefile
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-subdir-y := accounting arm auxdisplay blackfin connector \
+subdir-y := accounting auxdisplay blackfin connector \
 	filesystems filesystems ia64 laptops mic misc-devices \
 	networking pcmcia prctl ptp spi timers vDSO video4linux \
 	watchdog
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
index 0d920d5..1179850 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/MSI-HOWTO.txt
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 	rc = pci_enable_msix_range(adapter->pdev, adapter->msix_entries,
 				   maxvec, maxvec);
 	/*
-	 * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analized
+	 * -ENOSPC is the only error code allowed to be analyzed
 	 */
 	if (rc == -ENOSPC) {
 		if (maxvec == 1)
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
 	return rc;
 }
 
-Note how pci_enable_msix_range() return value is analized for a fallback -
+Note how pci_enable_msix_range() return value is analyzed for a fallback -
 any error code other than -ENOSPC indicates a fatal error and should not
 be retried.
 
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
 If your device supports both MSI-X and MSI capabilities, you should use
 the MSI-X facilities in preference to the MSI facilities.  As mentioned
 above, MSI-X supports any number of interrupts between 1 and 2048.
-In constrast, MSI is restricted to a maximum of 32 interrupts (and
+In contrast, MSI is restricted to a maximum of 32 interrupts (and
 must be a power of two).  In addition, the MSI interrupt vectors must
 be allocated consecutively, so the system might not be able to allocate
 as many vectors for MSI as it could for MSI-X.  On some platforms, MSI
@@ -501,18 +501,9 @@
 not be re-entered).  If a device uses multiple interrupts, the driver
 must disable interrupts while the lock is held.  If the device sends
 a different interrupt, the driver will deadlock trying to recursively
-acquire the spinlock.
-
-There are two solutions.  The first is to take the lock with
-spin_lock_irqsave() or spin_lock_irq() (see
-Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking).  The second is to specify
-IRQF_DISABLED to request_irq() so that the kernel runs the entire
-interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
-
-If your MSI interrupt routine does not hold the lock for the whole time
-it is running, the first solution may be best.  The second solution is
-normally preferred as it avoids making two transitions from interrupt
-disabled to enabled and back again.
+acquire the spinlock.  Such deadlocks can be avoided by using
+spin_lock_irqsave() or spin_lock_irq() which disable local interrupts
+and acquire the lock (see Documentation/DocBook/kernel-locking).
 
 4.6 How to tell whether MSI/MSI-X is enabled on a device
 
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
index 898ded2..ac26869 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
 ------------------
 
 In response to a return value of PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, the
-the platform will peform a slot reset on the requesting PCI device(s). 
+the platform will perform a slot reset on the requesting PCI device(s). 
 The actual steps taken by a platform to perform a slot reset
 will be platform-dependent. Upon completion of slot reset, the
 platform will call the device slot_reset() callback.
diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt
index 26d3d94..b4987c0 100644
--- a/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt
+++ b/Documentation/PCI/pcieaer-howto.txt
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@
 source ID. nosourceid=n by default.
 
 2.3 AER error output
-When a PCI-E AER error is captured, an error message will be outputed to
-console. If it's a correctable error, it is outputed as a warning.
+When a PCI-E AER error is captured, an error message will be outputted to
+console. If it's a correctable error, it is outputted as a warning.
 Otherwise, it is printed as an error. So users could choose different
 log level to filter out correctable error messages.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
index 447671b..b03a832 100644
--- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
+++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches
@@ -614,8 +614,8 @@
 
   - An empty line.
 
-  - The body of the explanation, which will be copied to the
-    permanent changelog to describe this patch.
+  - The body of the explanation, line wrapped at 75 columns, which will
+    be copied to the permanent changelog to describe this patch.
 
   - The "Signed-off-by:" lines, described above, which will
     also go in the changelog.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
index 750401f..15dfce7 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
 GPIO support
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
 ACPI 5 introduced two new resources to describe GPIO connections: GpioIo
-and GpioInt. These resources are used be used to pass GPIO numbers used by
+and GpioInt. These resources can be used to pass GPIO numbers used by
 the device to the driver. ACPI 5.1 extended this with _DSD (Device
 Specific Data) which made it possible to name the GPIOs among other things.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt b/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt
index ae36fcf..f35dad11 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 _DSD Device Properties Related to GPIO
 --------------------------------------
 
-With the release of ACPI 5.1 and the _DSD configuration objecte names
-can finally be given to GPIOs (and other things as well) returned by
-_CRS.  Previously, we were only able to use an integer index to find
+With the release of ACPI 5.1, the _DSD configuration object finally
+allows names to be given to GPIOs (and other things as well) returned
+by _CRS.  Previously, we were only able to use an integer index to find
 the corresponding GPIO, which is pretty error prone (it depends on
 the _CRS output ordering, for example).
 
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
index 8edb900..dea011c 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
+++ b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX
@@ -10,8 +10,6 @@
 	- Intel IXP4xx Network processor.
 Makefile
 	- Build sourcefiles as part of the Documentation-build for arm
-msm/
-	- MSM specific documentation
 Netwinder
 	- Netwinder specific documentation
 Porting
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Booting b/Documentation/arm/Booting
index 371814a..83c1df2 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Booting
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Booting
@@ -58,13 +58,18 @@
 --------------------------
 
 Existing boot loaders:		OPTIONAL
-New boot loaders:		MANDATORY
+New boot loaders:		MANDATORY except for DT-only platforms
 
 The boot loader should detect the machine type its running on by some
 method.  Whether this is a hard coded value or some algorithm that
 looks at the connected hardware is beyond the scope of this document.
 The boot loader must ultimately be able to provide a MACH_TYPE_xxx
-value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types).
+value to the kernel. (see linux/arch/arm/tools/mach-types).  This
+should be passed to the kernel in register r1.
+
+For DT-only platforms, the machine type will be determined by device
+tree.  set the machine type to all ones (~0).  This is not strictly
+necessary, but assures that it will not match any existing types.
 
 4. Setup boot data
 ------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Makefile b/Documentation/arm/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 732c770..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-subdir-y := SH-Mobile
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
index 1745379..18a775d 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
@@ -96,6 +96,11 @@
 	88F6820
 	88F6828
 
+  Armada 390/398 Flavors:
+	88F6920
+	88F6928
+    Product infos: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-39x/
+
   Armada XP Flavors:
         MV78230
         MV78260
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/README b/Documentation/arm/README
index aea3409..9d1e5b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/README
+++ b/Documentation/arm/README
@@ -185,13 +185,20 @@
   board devices are used, or the device is setup, and provides that
   machine specific "personality."
 
-  This fine-grained machine specific selection is controlled by the machine
-  type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a compile-time code selection
-  method.
+  For platforms that support device tree (DT), the machine selection is
+  controlled at runtime by passing the device tree blob to the kernel.  At
+  compile-time, support for the machine type must be selected.  This allows for
+  a single multiplatform kernel build to be used for several machine types.
 
-  You can register a new machine via the web site at:
+  For platforms that do not use device tree, this machine selection is
+  controlled by the machine type ID, which acts both as a run-time and a
+  compile-time code selection method.  You can register a new machine via the
+  web site at:
 
     <http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/>
 
+  Note: Please do not register a machine type for DT-only platforms.  If your
+  platform is DT-only, you do not need a registered machine type.
+
 ---
 Russell King (15/03/2004)
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index bca8a7e..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-# List of programs to build
-hostprogs-y := vrl4
-
-# Tell kbuild to always build the programs
-always := $(hostprogs-y)
-
-HOSTCFLAGS_vrl4.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include -I$(srctree)/tools/include
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f4cd8ad..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/vrl4.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,170 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * vrl4 format generator
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2010 Simon Horman
- *
- * This file is subject to the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public
- * License.  See the file "COPYING" in the main directory of this archive
- * for more details.
- */
-
-/*
- * usage: vrl4 < zImage > out
- *	  dd if=out of=/dev/sdx bs=512 seek=1 # Write the image to sector 1
- *
- * Reads a zImage from stdin and writes a vrl4 image to stdout.
- * In practice this means writing a padded vrl4 header to stdout followed
- * by the zImage.
- *
- * The padding places the zImage at ALIGN bytes into the output.
- * The vrl4 uses ALIGN + START_BASE as the start_address.
- * This is where the mask ROM will jump to after verifying the header.
- *
- * The header sets copy_size to min(sizeof(zImage), MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN) + ALIGN.
- * That is, the mask ROM will load the padded header (ALIGN bytes)
- * And then MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN bytes of the image, or the entire image,
- * whichever is smaller.
- *
- * The zImage is not modified in any way.
- */
-
-#define _BSD_SOURCE
-#include <endian.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <tools/endian.h>
-
-struct hdr {
-	uint32_t magic1;
-	uint32_t reserved1;
-	uint32_t magic2;
-	uint32_t reserved2;
-	uint16_t copy_size;
-	uint16_t boot_options;
-	uint32_t reserved3;
-	uint32_t start_address;
-	uint32_t reserved4;
-	uint32_t reserved5;
-	char     reserved6[308];
-};
-
-#define DECLARE_HDR(h)					\
-	struct hdr (h) = {				\
-		.magic1 =	htole32(0xea000000),	\
-		.reserved1 =	htole32(0x56),		\
-		.magic2 =	htole32(0xe59ff008),	\
-		.reserved3 =	htole16(0x1) }
-
-/* Align to 512 bytes, the MMCIF sector size */
-#define ALIGN_BITS	9
-#define ALIGN		(1 << ALIGN_BITS)
-
-#define START_BASE	0xe55b0000
-
-/*
- * With an alignment of 512 the header uses the first sector.
- * There is a 128 sector (64kbyte) limit on the data loaded by the mask ROM.
- * So there are 127 sectors left for the boot programme. But in practice
- * Only a small portion of a zImage is needed, 16 sectors should be more
- * than enough.
- *
- * Note that this sets how much of the zImage is copied by the mask ROM.
- * The entire zImage is present after the header and is loaded
- * by the code in the boot program (which is the first portion of the zImage).
- */
-#define	MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN (16 * 512)
-
-#define ROUND_UP(x)	((x + ALIGN - 1) & ~(ALIGN - 1))
-
-static ssize_t do_read(int fd, void *buf, size_t count)
-{
-	size_t offset = 0;
-	ssize_t l;
-
-	while (offset < count) {
-		l = read(fd, buf + offset, count - offset);
-		if (!l)
-			break;
-		if (l < 0) {
-			if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
-				continue;
-			perror("read");
-			return -1;
-		}
-		offset += l;
-	}
-
-	return offset;
-}
-
-static ssize_t do_write(int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
-{
-	size_t offset = 0;
-	ssize_t l;
-
-	while (offset < count) {
-		l = write(fd, buf + offset, count - offset);
-		if (l < 0) {
-			if (errno == EAGAIN || errno == EWOULDBLOCK)
-				continue;
-			perror("write");
-			return -1;
-		}
-		offset += l;
-	}
-
-	return offset;
-}
-
-static ssize_t write_zero(int fd, size_t len)
-{
-	size_t i = len;
-
-	while (i--) {
-		const char x = 0;
-		if (do_write(fd, &x, 1) < 0)
-			return -1;
-	}
-
-	return len;
-}
-
-int main(void)
-{
-	DECLARE_HDR(hdr);
-	char boot_program[MAX_BOOT_PROG_LEN];
-	size_t aligned_hdr_len, alligned_prog_len;
-	ssize_t prog_len;
-
-	prog_len = do_read(0, boot_program, sizeof(boot_program));
-	if (prog_len <= 0)
-		return -1;
-
-	aligned_hdr_len = ROUND_UP(sizeof(hdr));
-	hdr.start_address = htole32(START_BASE + aligned_hdr_len);
-	alligned_prog_len = ROUND_UP(prog_len);
-	hdr.copy_size = htole16(aligned_hdr_len + alligned_prog_len);
-
-	if (do_write(1, &hdr, sizeof(hdr)) < 0)
-		return -1;
-	if (write_zero(1, aligned_hdr_len - sizeof(hdr)) < 0)
-		return -1;
-
-	if (do_write(1, boot_program, prog_len) < 0)
-		return 1;
-
-	/* Write out the rest of the kernel */
-	while (1) {
-		prog_len = do_read(0, boot_program, sizeof(boot_program));
-		if (prog_len < 0)
-			return 1;
-		if (prog_len == 0)
-			break;
-		if (do_write(1, boot_program, prog_len) < 0)
-			return 1;
-	}
-
-	return 0;
-}
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index efff8ae..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-mmcif.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-ROM-able zImage boot from MMC
------------------------------
-
-An ROM-able zImage compiled with ZBOOT_ROM_MMCIF may be written to MMC and
-SuperH Mobile ARM will to boot directly from the MMCIF hardware block.
-
-This is achieved by the mask ROM loading the first portion of the image into
-MERAM and then jumping to it. This portion contains loader code which
-copies the entire image to SDRAM and jumps to it. From there the zImage
-boot code proceeds as normal, uncompressing the image into its final
-location and then jumping to it.
-
-This code has been tested on an AP4EB board using the developer 1A eMMC
-boot mode which is configured using the following jumper settings.
-The board used for testing required a patched mask ROM in order for
-this mode to function.
-
-   8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
-   x|x|x|x|x| |x|
-S4 -+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
-    | | | | |x| |x on
-
-The zImage must be written to the MMC card at sector 1 (512 bytes) in
-vrl4 format. A utility vrl4 is supplied to accomplish this.
-
-e.g.
-	vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512 seek=1
-
-A dual-voltage MMC 4.0 card was used for testing.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-sdhi.txt b/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-sdhi.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4419598..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/SH-Mobile/zboot-rom-sdhi.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-ROM-able zImage boot from eSD
------------------------------
-
-An ROM-able zImage compiled with ZBOOT_ROM_SDHI may be written to eSD and
-SuperH Mobile ARM will to boot directly from the SDHI hardware block.
-
-This is achieved by the mask ROM loading the first portion of the image into
-MERAM and then jumping to it. This portion contains loader code which
-copies the entire image to SDRAM and jumps to it. From there the zImage
-boot code proceeds as normal, uncompressing the image into its final
-location and then jumping to it.
-
-This code has been tested on an mackerel board using the developer 1A eSD
-boot mode which is configured using the following jumper settings.
-
-   8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
-   x|x|x|x| |x|x|
-S4 -+-+-+-+-+-+-+-
-    | | | |x| | |x on
-
-The eSD card needs to be present in SDHI slot 1 (CN7).
-As such S1 and S33 also need to be configured as per
-the notes in arch/arm/mach-shmobile/board-mackerel.c.
-
-A partial zImage must be written to physical partition #1 (boot)
-of the eSD at sector 0 in vrl4 format. A utility vrl4 is supplied to
-accomplish this.
-
-e.g.
-	vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512 count=17
-
-A full copy of _the same_ zImage should be written to physical partition #1
-(boot) of the eSD at sector 0. This should _not_ be in vrl4 format.
-
-	vrl4 < zImage | dd of=/dev/sdX bs=512
-
-Note: The commands above assume that the physical partition has been
-switched. No such facility currently exists in the Linux Kernel.
-
-Physical partitions are described in the eSD specification.  At the time of
-writing they are not the same as partitions that are typically configured
-using fdisk and visible through /proc/partitions
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/msm/gpiomux.txt b/Documentation/arm/msm/gpiomux.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 67a8162..0000000
--- a/Documentation/arm/msm/gpiomux.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-This document provides an overview of the msm_gpiomux interface, which
-is used to provide gpio pin multiplexing and configuration on mach-msm
-targets.
-
-History
-=======
-
-The first-generation API for gpio configuration & multiplexing on msm
-is the function gpio_tlmm_config().  This function has a few notable
-shortcomings, which led to its deprecation and replacement by gpiomux:
-
-The 'disable' parameter:  Setting the second parameter to
-gpio_tlmm_config to GPIO_CFG_DISABLE tells the peripheral
-processor in charge of the subsystem to perform a look-up into a
-low-power table and apply the low-power/sleep setting for the pin.
-As the msm family evolved this became problematic. Not all pins
-have sleep settings, not all peripheral processors will accept requests
-to apply said sleep settings, and not all msm targets have their gpio
-subsystems managed by a peripheral processor. In order to get consistent
-behavior on all targets, drivers are forced to ignore this parameter,
-rendering it useless.
-
-The 'direction' flag: for all mux-settings other than raw-gpio (0),
-the output-enable bit of a gpio is hard-wired to a known
-input (usually VDD or ground).  For those settings, the direction flag
-is meaningless at best, and deceptive at worst.  In addition, using the
-direction flag to change output-enable (OE) directly can cause trouble in
-gpiolib, which has no visibility into gpio direction changes made
-in this way.  Direction control in gpio mode should be made through gpiolib.
-
-Key Features of gpiomux
-=======================
-
-- A consistent interface across all generations of msm.  Drivers can expect
-the same results on every target.
-- gpiomux plays nicely with gpiolib.  Functions that should belong to gpiolib
-are left to gpiolib and not duplicated here.  gpiomux is written with the
-intent that gpio_chips will call gpiomux reference-counting methods
-from their request() and free() hooks, providing full integration.
-- Tabular configuration.  Instead of having to call gpio_tlmm_config
-hundreds of times, gpio configuration is placed in a single table.
-- Per-gpio sleep.  Each gpio is individually reference counted, allowing only
-those lines which are in use to be put in high-power states.
-- 0 means 'do nothing': all flags are designed so that the default memset-zero
-equates to a sensible default of 'no configuration', preventing users
-from having to provide hundreds of 'no-op' configs for unused or
-unwanted lines.
-
-Usage
-=====
-
-To use gpiomux, provide configuration information for relevant gpio lines
-in the msm_gpiomux_configs table.  Since a 0 equates to "unconfigured",
-only those lines to be managed by gpiomux need to be specified.  Here
-is a completely fictional example:
-
-struct msm_gpiomux_config msm_gpiomux_configs[GPIOMUX_NGPIOS] = {
-	[12] = {
-		.active = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_DRV_8MA | GPIOMUX_FUNC_1,
-		.suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN,
-	},
-	[34] = {
-		.suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN,
-	},
-};
-
-To indicate that a gpio is in use, call msm_gpiomux_get() to increase
-its reference count.  To decrease the reference count, call msm_gpiomux_put().
-
-The effect of this configuration is as follows:
-
-When the system boots, gpios 12 and 34 will be initialized with their
-'suspended' configurations.  All other gpios, which were left unconfigured,
-will not be touched.
-
-When msm_gpiomux_get() is called on gpio 12 to raise its reference count
-above 0, its active configuration will be applied.  Since no other gpio
-line has a valid active configuration, msm_gpiomux_get() will have no
-effect on any other line.
-
-When msm_gpiomux_put() is called on gpio 12 or 34 to drop their reference
-count to 0, their suspended configurations will be applied.
-Since no other gpio line has a valid suspended configuration, no other
-gpio line will be effected by msm_gpiomux_put().  Since gpio 34 has no valid
-active configuration, this is effectively a no-op for gpio 34 as well,
-with one small caveat, see the section "About Output-Enable Settings".
-
-All of the GPIOMUX_VALID flags may seem like unnecessary overhead, but
-they address some important issues.  As unused entries (all those
-except 12 and 34) are zero-filled, gpiomux needs a way to distinguish
-the used fields from the unused.  In addition, the all-zero pattern
-is a valid configuration!  Therefore, gpiomux defines an additional bit
-which is used to indicate when a field is used.  This has the pleasant
-side-effect of allowing calls to msm_gpiomux_write to use '0' to indicate
-that a value should not be changed:
-
-  msm_gpiomux_write(0, GPIOMUX_VALID, 0);
-
-replaces the active configuration of gpio 0 with an all-zero configuration,
-but leaves the suspended configuration as it was.
-
-Static Configurations
-=====================
-
-To install a static configuration, which is applied at boot and does
-not change after that, install a configuration with a suspended component
-but no active component, as in the previous example:
-
-	[34] = {
-		.suspended = GPIOMUX_VALID | GPIOMUX_PULL_DOWN,
-	},
-
-The suspended setting is applied during boot, and the lack of any valid
-active setting prevents any other setting from being applied at runtime.
-If other subsystems attempting to access the line is a concern, one could
-*really* anchor the configuration down by calling msm_gpiomux_get on the
-line at initialization to move the line into active mode.  With the line
-held, it will never be re-suspended, and with no valid active configuration,
-no new configurations will be applied.
-
-But then, if having other subsystems grabbing for the line is truly a concern,
-it should be reserved with gpio_request instead, which carries an implicit
-msm_gpiomux_get.
-
-gpiomux and gpiolib
-===================
-
-It is expected that msm gpio_chips will call msm_gpiomux_get() and
-msm_gpiomux_put() from their request and free hooks, like this fictional
-example:
-
-static int request(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned offset)
-{
-        return msm_gpiomux_get(chip->base + offset);
-}
-
-static void free(struct gpio_chip *chip, unsigned offset)
-{
-        msm_gpiomux_put(chip->base + offset);
-}
-
-	...somewhere in a gpio_chip declaration...
-	.request = request,
-	.free    = free,
-
-This provides important functionality:
-- It guarantees that a gpio line will have its 'active' config applied
-  when the line is requested, and will not be suspended while the line
-  remains requested; and
-- It guarantees that gpio-direction settings from gpiolib behave sensibly.
-  See "About Output-Enable Settings."
-
-This mechanism allows for "auto-request" of gpiomux lines via gpiolib
-when it is suitable.  Drivers wishing more exact control are, of course,
-free to also use msm_gpiomux_set and msm_gpiomux_get.
-
-About Output-Enable Settings
-============================
-
-Some msm targets do not have the ability to query the current gpio
-configuration setting.  This means that changes made to the output-enable
-(OE) bit by gpiolib cannot be consistently detected and preserved by gpiomux.
-Therefore, when gpiomux applies a configuration setting, any direction
-settings which may have been applied by gpiolib are lost and the default
-input settings are re-applied.
-
-For this reason, drivers should not assume that gpio direction settings
-continue to hold if they free and then re-request a gpio.  This seems like
-common sense - after all, anybody could have obtained the line in the
-meantime - but it needs saying.
-
-This also means that calls to msm_gpiomux_write will reset the OE bit,
-which means that if the gpio line is held by a client of gpiolib and
-msm_gpiomux_write is called, the direction setting has been lost and
-gpiolib's internal state has been broken.
-Release gpio lines before reconfiguring them.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt b/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6e1a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+ACPI Tables
+-----------
+The expectations of individual ACPI tables are discussed in the list that
+follows.
+
+If a section number is used, it refers to a section number in the ACPI
+specification where the object is defined.  If "Signature Reserved" is used,
+the table signature (the first four bytes of the table) is the only portion
+of the table recognized by the specification, and the actual table is defined
+outside of the UEFI Forum (see Section 5.2.6 of the specification).
+
+For ACPI on arm64, tables also fall into the following categories:
+
+       -- Required: DSDT, FADT, GTDT, MADT, MCFG, RSDP, SPCR, XSDT
+
+       -- Recommended: BERT, EINJ, ERST, HEST, SSDT
+
+       -- Optional: BGRT, CPEP, CSRT, DRTM, ECDT, FACS, FPDT, MCHI, MPST,
+          MSCT, RASF, SBST, SLIT, SPMI, SRAT, TCPA, TPM2, UEFI
+
+       -- Not supported: BOOT, DBG2, DBGP, DMAR, ETDT, HPET, IBFT, IVRS,
+          LPIT, MSDM, RSDT, SLIC, WAET, WDAT, WDRT, WPBT
+
+
+Table  Usage for ARMv8 Linux
+-----  ----------------------------------------------------------------
+BERT   Section 18.3 (signature == "BERT")
+       == Boot Error Record Table ==
+       Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform.  It
+       is recommended this table be supplied.
+
+BOOT   Signature Reserved (signature == "BOOT")
+       == simple BOOT flag table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+BGRT   Section 5.2.22 (signature == "BGRT")
+       == Boot Graphics Resource Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, with no real use-case for an
+       ARM server.
+
+CPEP   Section 5.2.18 (signature == "CPEP")
+       == Corrected Platform Error Polling table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, and not recommended until such
+       time as ARM-compatible hardware is available, and the specification
+       suitably modified.
+
+CSRT   Signature Reserved (signature == "CSRT")
+       == Core System Resources Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+DBG2   Signature Reserved (signature == "DBG2")
+       == DeBuG port table 2 ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+DBGP   Signature Reserved (signature == "DBGP")
+       == DeBuG Port table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+DSDT   Section 5.2.11.1 (signature == "DSDT")
+       == Differentiated System Description Table ==
+       A DSDT is required; see also SSDT.
+
+       ACPI tables contain only one DSDT but can contain one or more SSDTs,
+       which are optional.  Each SSDT can only add to the ACPI namespace,
+       but cannot modify or replace anything in the DSDT.
+
+DMAR   Signature Reserved (signature == "DMAR")
+       == DMA Remapping table ==
+       x86 only table, will not be supported.
+
+DRTM   Signature Reserved (signature == "DRTM")
+       == Dynamic Root of Trust for Measurement table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+ECDT   Section 5.2.16 (signature == "ECDT")
+       == Embedded Controller Description Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, but could be used on ARM if and
+       only if one uses the GPE_BIT field to represent an IRQ number, since
+       there are no GPE blocks defined in hardware reduced mode.  This would
+       need to be modified in the ACPI specification.
+
+EINJ   Section 18.6 (signature == "EINJ")
+       == Error Injection table ==
+       This table is very useful for testing platform response to error
+       conditions; it allows one to inject an error into the system as
+       if it had actually occurred.  However, this table should not be
+       shipped with a production system; it should be dynamically loaded
+       and executed with the ACPICA tools only during testing.
+
+ERST   Section 18.5 (signature == "ERST")
+       == Error Record Serialization Table ==
+       On a platform supports RAS, this table must be supplied if it is not
+       UEFI-based; if it is UEFI-based, this table may be supplied. When this
+       table is not present, UEFI run time service will be utilized to save
+       and retrieve hardware error information to and from a persistent store.
+
+ETDT   Signature Reserved (signature == "ETDT")
+       == Event Timer Description Table ==
+       Obsolete table, will not be supported.
+
+FACS   Section 5.2.10 (signature == "FACS")
+       == Firmware ACPI Control Structure ==
+       It is unlikely that this table will be terribly useful.  If it is
+       provided, the Global Lock will NOT be used since it is not part of
+       the hardware reduced profile, and only 64-bit address fields will
+       be considered valid.
+
+FADT   Section 5.2.9 (signature == "FACP")
+       == Fixed ACPI Description Table ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+       The HW_REDUCED_ACPI flag must be set.  All of the fields that are
+       to be ignored when HW_REDUCED_ACPI is set are expected to be set to
+       zero.
+
+       If an FACS table is provided, the X_FIRMWARE_CTRL field is to be
+       used, not FIRMWARE_CTRL.
+
+       If PSCI is used (as is recommended), make sure that ARM_BOOT_ARCH is
+       filled in properly -- that the PSCI_COMPLIANT flag is set and that
+       PSCI_USE_HVC is set or unset as needed (see table 5-37).
+
+       For the DSDT that is also required, the X_DSDT field is to be used,
+       not the DSDT field.
+
+FPDT   Section 5.2.23 (signature == "FPDT")
+       == Firmware Performance Data Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+GTDT   Section 5.2.24 (signature == "GTDT")
+       == Generic Timer Description Table ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+HEST   Section 18.3.2 (signature == "HEST")
+       == Hardware Error Source Table ==
+       Until further error source types are defined, use only types 6 (AER
+       Root Port), 7 (AER Endpoint), 8 (AER Bridge), or 9 (Generic Hardware
+       Error Source).  Firmware first error handling is possible if and only
+       if Trusted Firmware is being used on arm64.
+
+       Must be supplied if RAS support is provided by the platform.  It
+       is recommended this table be supplied.
+
+HPET   Signature Reserved (signature == "HPET")
+       == High Precision Event timer Table ==
+       x86 only table, will not be supported.
+
+IBFT   Signature Reserved (signature == "IBFT")
+       == iSCSI Boot Firmware Table ==
+       Microsoft defined table, support TBD.
+
+IVRS   Signature Reserved (signature == "IVRS")
+       == I/O Virtualization Reporting Structure ==
+       x86_64 (AMD) only table, will not be supported.
+
+LPIT   Signature Reserved (signature == "LPIT")
+       == Low Power Idle Table ==
+       x86 only table as of ACPI 5.1; future versions have been adapted for
+       use with ARM and will be recommended in order to support ACPI power
+       management.
+
+MADT   Section 5.2.12 (signature == "APIC")
+       == Multiple APIC Description Table ==
+       Required for arm64.  Only the GIC interrupt controller structures
+       should be used (types 0xA - 0xE).
+
+MCFG   Signature Reserved (signature == "MCFG")
+       == Memory-mapped ConFiGuration space ==
+       If the platform supports PCI/PCIe, an MCFG table is required.
+
+MCHI   Signature Reserved (signature == "MCHI")
+       == Management Controller Host Interface table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+MPST   Section 5.2.21 (signature == "MPST")
+       == Memory Power State Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+MSDM   Signature Reserved (signature == "MSDM")
+       == Microsoft Data Management table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+MSCT   Section 5.2.19 (signature == "MSCT")
+       == Maximum System Characteristic Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+RASF   Section 5.2.20 (signature == "RASF")
+       == RAS Feature table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+RSDP   Section 5.2.5 (signature == "RSD PTR")
+       == Root System Description PoinTeR ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+RSDT   Section 5.2.7 (signature == "RSDT")
+       == Root System Description Table ==
+       Since this table can only provide 32-bit addresses, it is deprecated
+       on arm64, and will not be used.
+
+SBST   Section 5.2.14 (signature == "SBST")
+       == Smart Battery Subsystem Table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+SLIC   Signature Reserved (signature == "SLIC")
+       == Software LIcensing table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+SLIT   Section 5.2.17 (signature == "SLIT")
+       == System Locality distance Information Table ==
+       Optional in general, but required for NUMA systems.
+
+SPCR   Signature Reserved (signature == "SPCR")
+       == Serial Port Console Redirection table ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+SPMI   Signature Reserved (signature == "SPMI")
+       == Server Platform Management Interface table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.
+
+SRAT   Section 5.2.16 (signature == "SRAT")
+       == System Resource Affinity Table ==
+       Optional, but if used, only the GICC Affinity structures are read.
+       To support NUMA, this table is required.
+
+SSDT   Section 5.2.11.2 (signature == "SSDT")
+       == Secondary System Description Table ==
+       These tables are a continuation of the DSDT; these are recommended
+       for use with devices that can be added to a running system, but can
+       also serve the purpose of dividing up device descriptions into more
+       manageable pieces.
+
+       An SSDT can only ADD to the ACPI namespace.  It cannot modify or
+       replace existing device descriptions already in the namespace.
+
+       These tables are optional, however.  ACPI tables should contain only
+       one DSDT but can contain many SSDTs.
+
+TCPA   Signature Reserved (signature == "TCPA")
+       == Trusted Computing Platform Alliance table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully
+       interoperate with arm64.
+
+TPM2   Signature Reserved (signature == "TPM2")
+       == Trusted Platform Module 2 table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported, and may need changes to fully
+       interoperate with arm64.
+
+UEFI   Signature Reserved (signature == "UEFI")
+       == UEFI ACPI data table ==
+       Optional, not currently supported.  No known use case for arm64,
+       at present.
+
+WAET   Signature Reserved (signature == "WAET")
+       == Windows ACPI Emulated devices Table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+WDAT   Signature Reserved (signature == "WDAT")
+       == Watch Dog Action Table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+WDRT   Signature Reserved (signature == "WDRT")
+       == Watch Dog Resource Table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+WPBT   Signature Reserved (signature == "WPBT")
+       == Windows Platform Binary Table ==
+       Microsoft only table, will not be supported.
+
+XSDT   Section 5.2.8 (signature == "XSDT")
+       == eXtended System Description Table ==
+       Required for arm64.
+
+
+ACPI Objects
+------------
+The expectations on individual ACPI objects are discussed in the list that
+follows:
+
+Name   Section         Usage for ARMv8 Linux
+----   ------------    -------------------------------------------------
+_ADR   6.1.1           Use as needed.
+
+_BBN   6.5.5           Use as needed; PCI-specific.
+
+_BDN   6.5.3           Optional; not likely to be used on arm64.
+
+_CCA   6.2.17          This method should be defined for all bus masters
+                       on arm64.  While cache coherency is assumed, making
+                       it explicit ensures the kernel will set up DMA as
+                       it should.
+
+_CDM   6.2.1           Optional, to be used only for processor devices.
+
+_CID   6.1.2           Use as needed.
+
+_CLS   6.1.3           Use as needed.
+
+_CRS   6.2.2           Required on arm64.
+
+_DCK   6.5.2           Optional; not likely to be used on arm64.
+
+_DDN   6.1.4           This field can be used for a device name.  However,
+                       it is meant for DOS device names (e.g., COM1), so be
+                       careful of its use across OSes.
+
+_DEP   6.5.8           Use as needed.
+
+_DIS   6.2.3           Optional, for power management use.
+
+_DLM   5.7.5           Optional.
+
+_DMA   6.2.4           Optional.
+
+_DSD   6.2.5           To be used with caution.  If this object is used, try
+                       to use it within the constraints already defined by the
+                       Device Properties UUID.  Only in rare circumstances
+                       should it be necessary to create a new _DSD UUID.
+
+                       In either case, submit the _DSD definition along with
+                       any driver patches for discussion, especially when
+                       device properties are used.  A driver will not be
+                       considered complete without a corresponding _DSD
+                       description.  Once approved by kernel maintainers,
+                       the UUID or device properties must then be registered
+                       with the UEFI Forum; this may cause some iteration as
+                       more than one OS will be registering entries.
+
+_DSM                   Do not use this method.  It is not standardized, the
+                       return values are not well documented, and it is
+                       currently a frequent source of error.
+
+_DSW   7.2.1           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_EDL   6.3.1           Optional.
+
+_EJD   6.3.2           Optional.
+
+_EJx   6.3.3           Optional.
+
+_FIX   6.2.7           x86 specific, not used on arm64.
+
+\_GL   5.7.1           This object is not to be used in hardware reduced
+                       mode, and therefore should not be used on arm64.
+
+_GLK   6.5.7           This object requires a global lock be defined; there
+                       is no global lock on arm64 since it runs in hardware
+                       reduced mode.  Hence, do not use this object on arm64.
+
+\_GPE  5.3.1           This namespace is for x86 use only.  Do not use it
+                       on arm64.
+
+_GSB   6.2.7           Optional.
+
+_HID   6.1.5           Use as needed.  This is the primary object to use in
+                       device probing, though _CID and _CLS may also be used.
+
+_HPP   6.2.8           Optional, PCI specific.
+
+_HPX   6.2.9           Optional, PCI specific.
+
+_HRV   6.1.6           Optional, use as needed to clarify device behavior; in
+                       some cases, this may be easier to use than _DSD.
+
+_INI   6.5.1           Not required, but can be useful in setting up devices
+                       when UEFI leaves them in a state that may not be what
+                       the driver expects before it starts probing.
+
+_IRC   7.2.15          Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_LCK   6.3.4           Optional.
+
+_MAT   6.2.10          Optional; see also the MADT.
+
+_MLS   6.1.7           Optional, but highly recommended for use in
+                       internationalization.
+
+_OFF   7.1.2           It is recommended to define this method for any device
+                       that can be turned on or off.
+
+_ON    7.1.3           It is recommended to define this method for any device
+                       that can be turned on or off.
+
+\_OS   5.7.3           This method will return "Linux" by default (this is
+                       the value of the macro ACPI_OS_NAME on Linux).  The
+                       command line parameter acpi_os=<string> can be used
+                       to set it to some other value.
+
+_OSC   6.2.11          This method can be a global method in ACPI (i.e.,
+                       \_SB._OSC), or it may be associated with a specific
+                       device (e.g., \_SB.DEV0._OSC), or both.  When used
+                       as a global method, only capabilities published in
+                       the ACPI specification are allowed.  When used as
+                       a device-specific method, the process described for
+                       using _DSD MUST be used to create an _OSC definition;
+                       out-of-process use of _OSC is not allowed.  That is,
+                       submit the device-specific _OSC usage description as
+                       part of the kernel driver submission, get it approved
+                       by the kernel community, then register it with the
+                       UEFI Forum.
+
+\_OSI  5.7.2           Deprecated on ARM64.  Any invocation of this method
+                       will print a warning on the console and return false.
+                       That is, as far as ACPI firmware is concerned, _OSI
+                       cannot be used to determine what sort of system is
+                       being used or what functionality is provided.  The
+                       _OSC method is to be used instead.
+
+_OST   6.3.5           Optional.
+
+_PDC   8.4.1           Deprecated, do not use on arm64.
+
+\_PIC  5.8.1           The method should not be used.  On arm64, the only
+                       interrupt model available is GIC.
+
+_PLD   6.1.8           Optional.
+
+\_PR   5.3.1           This namespace is for x86 use only on legacy systems.
+                       Do not use it on arm64.
+
+_PRS   6.2.12          Optional.
+
+_PRT   6.2.13          Required as part of the definition of all PCI root
+                       devices.
+
+_PRW   7.2.13          Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PRx   7.2.8-11        Use as needed; power management specific.  If _PR0 is
+                       defined, _PR3 must also be defined.
+
+_PSC   7.2.6           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PSE   7.2.7           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PSW   7.2.14          Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PSx   7.2.2-5         Use as needed; power management specific.  If _PS0 is
+                       defined, _PS3 must also be defined.  If clocks or
+                       regulators need adjusting to be consistent with power
+                       usage, change them in these methods.
+
+\_PTS  7.3.1           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_PXM   6.2.14          Optional.
+
+_REG   6.5.4           Use as needed.
+
+\_REV  5.7.4           Always returns the latest version of ACPI supported.
+
+_RMV   6.3.6           Optional.
+
+\_SB   5.3.1           Required on arm64; all devices must be defined in this
+                       namespace.
+
+_SEG   6.5.6           Use as needed; PCI-specific.
+
+\_SI   5.3.1,          Optional.
+       9.1
+
+_SLI   6.2.15          Optional; recommended when SLIT table is in use.
+
+_STA   6.3.7,          It is recommended to define this method for any device
+       7.1.4           that can be turned on or off.
+
+_SRS   6.2.16          Optional; see also _PRS.
+
+_STR   6.1.10          Recommended for conveying device names to end users;
+                       this is preferred over using _DDN.
+
+_SUB   6.1.9           Use as needed; _HID or _CID are preferred.
+
+_SUN   6.1.11          Optional.
+
+\_Sx   7.3.2           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_SxD   7.2.16-19       Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_SxW   7.2.20-24       Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+_SWS   7.3.3           Use as needed; power management specific; this may
+                       require specification changes for use on arm64.
+
+\_TTS  7.3.4           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+\_TZ   5.3.1           Optional.
+
+_UID   6.1.12          Recommended for distinguishing devices of the same
+                       class; define it if at all possible.
+
+\_WAK  7.3.5           Use as needed; power management specific.
+
+
+ACPI Event Model
+----------------
+Do not use GPE block devices; these are not supported in the hardware reduced
+profile used by arm64.  Since there are no GPE blocks defined for use on ARM
+platforms, GPIO-signaled interrupts should be used for creating system events.
+
+
+ACPI Processor Control
+----------------------
+Section 8 of the ACPI specification is currently undergoing change that
+should be completed in the 6.0 version of the specification.  Processor
+performance control will be handled differently for arm64 at that point
+in time.  Processor aggregator devices (section 8.5) will not be used,
+for example, but another similar mechanism instead.
+
+While UEFI constrains what we can say until the release of 6.0, it is
+recommended that CPPC (8.4.5) be used as the primary model.  This will
+still be useful into the future.  C-states and P-states will still be
+provided, but most of the current design work appears to favor CPPC.
+
+Further, it is essential that the ARMv8 SoC provide a fully functional
+implementation of PSCI; this will be the only mechanism supported by ACPI
+to control CPU power state (including secondary CPU booting).
+
+More details will be provided on the release of the ACPI 6.0 specification.
+
+
+ACPI System Address Map Interfaces
+----------------------------------
+In Section 15 of the ACPI specification, several methods are mentioned as
+possible mechanisms for conveying memory resource information to the kernel.
+For arm64, we will only support UEFI for booting with ACPI, hence the UEFI
+GetMemoryMap() boot service is the only mechanism that will be used.
+
+
+ACPI Platform Error Interfaces (APEI)
+-------------------------------------
+The APEI tables supported are described above.
+
+APEI requires the equivalent of an SCI and an NMI on ARMv8.  The SCI is used
+to notify the OSPM of errors that have occurred but can be corrected and the
+system can continue correct operation, even if possibly degraded.  The NMI is
+used to indicate fatal errors that cannot be corrected, and require immediate
+attention.
+
+Since there is no direct equivalent of the x86 SCI or NMI, arm64 handles
+these slightly differently.  The SCI is handled as a normal GPIO-signaled
+interrupt; given that these are corrected (or correctable) errors being
+reported, this is sufficient.  The NMI is emulated as the highest priority
+GPIO-signaled interrupt possible.  This implies some caution must be used
+since there could be interrupts at higher privilege levels or even interrupts
+at the same priority as the emulated NMI.  In Linux, this should not be the
+case but one should be aware it could happen.
+
+
+ACPI Objects Not Supported on ARM64
+-----------------------------------
+While this may change in the future, there are several classes of objects
+that can be defined, but are not currently of general interest to ARM servers.
+
+These are not supported:
+
+       -- Section 9.2: ambient light sensor devices
+
+       -- Section 9.3: battery devices
+
+       -- Section 9.4: lids (e.g., laptop lids)
+
+       -- Section 9.8.2: IDE controllers
+
+       -- Section 9.9: floppy controllers
+
+       -- Section 9.10: GPE block devices
+
+       -- Section 9.15: PC/AT RTC/CMOS devices
+
+       -- Section 9.16: user presence detection devices
+
+       -- Section 9.17: I/O APIC devices; all GICs must be enumerable via MADT
+
+       -- Section 9.18: time and alarm devices (see 9.15)
+
+
+ACPI Objects Not Yet Implemented
+--------------------------------
+While these objects have x86 equivalents, and they do make some sense in ARM
+servers, there is either no hardware available at present, or in some cases
+there may not yet be a non-ARM implementation.  Hence, they are currently not
+implemented though that may change in the future.
+
+Not yet implemented are:
+
+       -- Section 10: power source and power meter devices
+
+       -- Section 11: thermal management
+
+       -- Section 12: embedded controllers interface
+
+       -- Section 13: SMBus interfaces
+
+       -- Section 17: NUMA support (prototypes have been submitted for
+          review)
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt b/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..570a4f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/arm-acpi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+ACPI on ARMv8 Servers
+---------------------
+ACPI can be used for ARMv8 general purpose servers designed to follow
+the ARM SBSA (Server Base System Architecture) [0] and SBBR (Server
+Base Boot Requirements) [1] specifications.  Please note that the SBBR
+can be retrieved simply by visiting [1], but the SBSA is currently only
+available to those with an ARM login due to ARM IP licensing concerns.
+
+The ARMv8 kernel implements the reduced hardware model of ACPI version
+5.1 or later.  Links to the specification and all external documents
+it refers to are managed by the UEFI Forum.  The specification is
+available at http://www.uefi.org/specifications and documents referenced
+by the specification can be found via http://www.uefi.org/acpi.
+
+If an ARMv8 system does not meet the requirements of the SBSA and SBBR,
+or cannot be described using the mechanisms defined in the required ACPI
+specifications, then ACPI may not be a good fit for the hardware.
+
+While the documents mentioned above set out the requirements for building
+industry-standard ARMv8 servers, they also apply to more than one operating
+system.  The purpose of this document is to describe the interaction between
+ACPI and Linux only, on an ARMv8 system -- that is, what Linux expects of
+ACPI and what ACPI can expect of Linux.
+
+
+Why ACPI on ARM?
+----------------
+Before examining the details of the interface between ACPI and Linux, it is
+useful to understand why ACPI is being used.  Several technologies already
+exist in Linux for describing non-enumerable hardware, after all.  In this
+section we summarize a blog post [2] from Grant Likely that outlines the
+reasoning behind ACPI on ARMv8 servers.  Actually, we snitch a good portion
+of the summary text almost directly, to be honest.
+
+The short form of the rationale for ACPI on ARM is:
+
+-- ACPI’s bytecode (AML) allows the platform to encode hardware behavior,
+   while DT explicitly does not support this.  For hardware vendors, being
+   able to encode behavior is a key tool used in supporting operating
+   system releases on new hardware.
+
+-- ACPI’s OSPM defines a power management model that constrains what the
+   platform is allowed to do into a specific model, while still providing
+   flexibility in hardware design.
+
+-- In the enterprise server environment, ACPI has established bindings (such
+   as for RAS) which are currently used in production systems.  DT does not.
+   Such bindings could be defined in DT at some point, but doing so means ARM
+   and x86 would end up using completely different code paths in both firmware
+   and the kernel.
+
+-- Choosing a single interface to describe the abstraction between a platform
+   and an OS is important.  Hardware vendors would not be required to implement
+   both DT and ACPI if they want to support multiple operating systems.  And,
+   agreeing on a single interface instead of being fragmented into per OS
+   interfaces makes for better interoperability overall.
+
+-- The new ACPI governance process works well and Linux is now at the same
+   table as hardware vendors and other OS vendors.  In fact, there is no
+   longer any reason to feel that ACPI is only belongs to Windows or that
+   Linux is in any way secondary to Microsoft in this arena.  The move of
+   ACPI governance into the UEFI forum has significantly opened up the
+   specification development process, and currently, a large portion of the
+   changes being made to ACPI is being driven by Linux.
+
+Key to the use of ACPI is the support model.  For servers in general, the
+responsibility for hardware behaviour cannot solely be the domain of the
+kernel, but rather must be split between the platform and the kernel, in
+order to allow for orderly change over time.  ACPI frees the OS from needing
+to understand all the minute details of the hardware so that the OS doesn’t
+need to be ported to each and every device individually.  It allows the
+hardware vendors to take responsibility for power management behaviour without
+depending on an OS release cycle which is not under their control.
+
+ACPI is also important because hardware and OS vendors have already worked
+out the mechanisms for supporting a general purpose computing ecosystem.  The
+infrastructure is in place, the bindings are in place, and the processes are
+in place.  DT does exactly what Linux needs it to when working with vertically
+integrated devices, but there are no good processes for supporting what the
+server vendors need.  Linux could potentially get there with DT, but doing so
+really just duplicates something that already works.  ACPI already does what
+the hardware vendors need, Microsoft won’t collaborate on DT, and hardware
+vendors would still end up providing two completely separate firmware
+interfaces -- one for Linux and one for Windows.
+
+
+Kernel Compatibility
+--------------------
+One of the primary motivations for ACPI is standardization, and using that
+to provide backward compatibility for Linux kernels.  In the server market,
+software and hardware are often used for long periods.  ACPI allows the
+kernel and firmware to agree on a consistent abstraction that can be
+maintained over time, even as hardware or software change.  As long as the
+abstraction is supported, systems can be updated without necessarily having
+to replace the kernel.
+
+When a Linux driver or subsystem is first implemented using ACPI, it by
+definition ends up requiring a specific version of the ACPI specification
+-- it's baseline.  ACPI firmware must continue to work, even though it may
+not be optimal, with the earliest kernel version that first provides support
+for that baseline version of ACPI.  There may be a need for additional drivers,
+but adding new functionality (e.g., CPU power management) should not break
+older kernel versions.  Further, ACPI firmware must also work with the most
+recent version of the kernel.
+
+
+Relationship with Device Tree
+-----------------------------
+ACPI support in drivers and subsystems for ARMv8 should never be mutually
+exclusive with DT support at compile time.
+
+At boot time the kernel will only use one description method depending on
+parameters passed from the bootloader (including kernel bootargs).
+
+Regardless of whether DT or ACPI is used, the kernel must always be capable
+of booting with either scheme (in kernels with both schemes enabled at compile
+time).
+
+
+Booting using ACPI tables
+-------------------------
+The only defined method for passing ACPI tables to the kernel on ARMv8
+is via the UEFI system configuration table.  Just so it is explicit, this
+means that ACPI is only supported on platforms that boot via UEFI.
+
+When an ARMv8 system boots, it can either have DT information, ACPI tables,
+or in some very unusual cases, both.  If no command line parameters are used,
+the kernel will try to use DT for device enumeration; if there is no DT
+present, the kernel will try to use ACPI tables, but only if they are present.
+In neither is available, the kernel will not boot.  If acpi=force is used
+on the command line, the kernel will attempt to use ACPI tables first, but
+fall back to DT if there are no ACPI tables present.  The basic idea is that
+the kernel will not fail to boot unless it absolutely has no other choice.
+
+Processing of ACPI tables may be disabled by passing acpi=off on the kernel
+command line; this is the default behavior.
+
+In order for the kernel to load and use ACPI tables, the UEFI implementation
+MUST set the ACPI_20_TABLE_GUID to point to the RSDP table (the table with
+the ACPI signature "RSD PTR ").  If this pointer is incorrect and acpi=force
+is used, the kernel will disable ACPI and try to use DT to boot instead; the
+kernel has, in effect, determined that ACPI tables are not present at that
+point.
+
+If the pointer to the RSDP table is correct, the table will be mapped into
+the kernel by the ACPI core, using the address provided by UEFI.
+
+The ACPI core will then locate and map in all other ACPI tables provided by
+using the addresses in the RSDP table to find the XSDT (eXtended System
+Description Table).  The XSDT in turn provides the addresses to all other
+ACPI tables provided by the system firmware; the ACPI core will then traverse
+this table and map in the tables listed.
+
+The ACPI core will ignore any provided RSDT (Root System Description Table).
+RSDTs have been deprecated and are ignored on arm64 since they only allow
+for 32-bit addresses.
+
+Further, the ACPI core will only use the 64-bit address fields in the FADT
+(Fixed ACPI Description Table).  Any 32-bit address fields in the FADT will
+be ignored on arm64.
+
+Hardware reduced mode (see Section 4.1 of the ACPI 5.1 specification) will
+be enforced by the ACPI core on arm64.  Doing so allows the ACPI core to
+run less complex code since it no longer has to provide support for legacy
+hardware from other architectures.  Any fields that are not to be used for
+hardware reduced mode must be set to zero.
+
+For the ACPI core to operate properly, and in turn provide the information
+the kernel needs to configure devices, it expects to find the following
+tables (all section numbers refer to the ACPI 5.1 specfication):
+
+    -- RSDP (Root System Description Pointer), section 5.2.5
+
+    -- XSDT (eXtended System Description Table), section 5.2.8
+
+    -- FADT (Fixed ACPI Description Table), section 5.2.9
+
+    -- DSDT (Differentiated System Description Table), section
+       5.2.11.1
+
+    -- MADT (Multiple APIC Description Table), section 5.2.12
+
+    -- GTDT (Generic Timer Description Table), section 5.2.24
+
+    -- If PCI is supported, the MCFG (Memory mapped ConFiGuration
+       Table), section 5.2.6, specifically Table 5-31.
+
+If the above tables are not all present, the kernel may or may not be
+able to boot properly since it may not be able to configure all of the
+devices available.
+
+
+ACPI Detection
+--------------
+Drivers should determine their probe() type by checking for a null
+value for ACPI_HANDLE, or checking .of_node, or other information in
+the device structure.  This is detailed further in the "Driver
+Recommendations" section.
+
+In non-driver code, if the presence of ACPI needs to be detected at
+runtime, then check the value of acpi_disabled. If CONFIG_ACPI is not
+set, acpi_disabled will always be 1.
+
+
+Device Enumeration
+------------------
+Device descriptions in ACPI should use standard recognized ACPI interfaces.
+These may contain less information than is typically provided via a Device
+Tree description for the same device.  This is also one of the reasons that
+ACPI can be useful -- the driver takes into account that it may have less
+detailed information about the device and uses sensible defaults instead.
+If done properly in the driver, the hardware can change and improve over
+time without the driver having to change at all.
+
+Clocks provide an excellent example.  In DT, clocks need to be specified
+and the drivers need to take them into account.  In ACPI, the assumption
+is that UEFI will leave the device in a reasonable default state, including
+any clock settings.  If for some reason the driver needs to change a clock
+value, this can be done in an ACPI method; all the driver needs to do is
+invoke the method and not concern itself with what the method needs to do
+to change the clock.  Changing the hardware can then take place over time
+by changing what the ACPI method does, and not the driver.
+
+In DT, the parameters needed by the driver to set up clocks as in the example
+above are known as "bindings"; in ACPI, these are known as "Device Properties"
+and provided to a driver via the _DSD object.
+
+ACPI tables are described with a formal language called ASL, the ACPI
+Source Language (section 19 of the specification).  This means that there
+are always multiple ways to describe the same thing -- including device
+properties.  For example, device properties could use an ASL construct
+that looks like this: Name(KEY0, "value0").  An ACPI device driver would
+then retrieve the value of the property by evaluating the KEY0 object.
+However, using Name() this way has multiple problems: (1) ACPI limits
+names ("KEY0") to four characters unlike DT; (2) there is no industry
+wide registry that maintains a list of names, minimzing re-use; (3)
+there is also no registry for the definition of property values ("value0"),
+again making re-use difficult; and (4) how does one maintain backward
+compatibility as new hardware comes out?  The _DSD method was created
+to solve precisely these sorts of problems; Linux drivers should ALWAYS
+use the _DSD method for device properties and nothing else.
+
+The _DSM object (ACPI Section 9.14.1) could also be used for conveying
+device properties to a driver.  Linux drivers should only expect it to
+be used if _DSD cannot represent the data required, and there is no way
+to create a new UUID for the _DSD object.  Note that there is even less
+regulation of the use of _DSM than there is of _DSD.  Drivers that depend
+on the contents of _DSM objects will be more difficult to maintain over
+time because of this; as of this writing, the use of _DSM is the cause
+of quite a few firmware problems and is not recommended.
+
+Drivers should look for device properties in the _DSD object ONLY; the _DSD
+object is described in the ACPI specification section 6.2.5, but this only
+describes how to define the structure of an object returned via _DSD, and
+how specific data structures are defined by specific UUIDs.  Linux should
+only use the _DSD Device Properties UUID [5]:
+
+   -- UUID: daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301
+
+   -- http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf
+
+The UEFI Forum provides a mechanism for registering device properties [4]
+so that they may be used across all operating systems supporting ACPI.
+Device properties that have not been registered with the UEFI Forum should
+not be used.
+
+Before creating new device properties, check to be sure that they have not
+been defined before and either registered in the Linux kernel documentation
+as DT bindings, or the UEFI Forum as device properties.  While we do not want
+to simply move all DT bindings into ACPI device properties, we can learn from
+what has been previously defined.
+
+If it is necessary to define a new device property, or if it makes sense to
+synthesize the definition of a binding so it can be used in any firmware,
+both DT bindings and ACPI device properties for device drivers have review
+processes.  Use them both.  When the driver itself is submitted for review
+to the Linux mailing lists, the device property definitions needed must be
+submitted at the same time.  A driver that supports ACPI and uses device
+properties will not be considered complete without their definitions.  Once
+the device property has been accepted by the Linux community, it must be
+registered with the UEFI Forum [4], which will review it again for consistency
+within the registry.  This may require iteration.  The UEFI Forum, though,
+will always be the canonical site for device property definitions.
+
+It may make sense to provide notice to the UEFI Forum that there is the
+intent to register a previously unused device property name as a means of
+reserving the name for later use.  Other operating system vendors will
+also be submitting registration requests and this may help smooth the
+process.
+
+Once registration and review have been completed, the kernel provides an
+interface for looking up device properties in a manner independent of
+whether DT or ACPI is being used.  This API should be used [6]; it can
+eliminate some duplication of code paths in driver probing functions and
+discourage divergence between DT bindings and ACPI device properties.
+
+
+Programmable Power Control Resources
+------------------------------------
+Programmable power control resources include such resources as voltage/current
+providers (regulators) and clock sources.
+
+With ACPI, the kernel clock and regulator framework is not expected to be used
+at all.
+
+The kernel assumes that power control of these resources is represented with
+Power Resource Objects (ACPI section 7.1).  The ACPI core will then handle
+correctly enabling and disabling resources as they are needed.  In order to
+get that to work, ACPI assumes each device has defined D-states and that these
+can be controlled through the optional ACPI methods _PS0, _PS1, _PS2, and _PS3;
+in ACPI, _PS0 is the method to invoke to turn a device full on, and _PS3 is for
+turning a device full off.
+
+There are two options for using those Power Resources.  They can:
+
+   -- be managed in a _PSx method which gets called on entry to power
+      state Dx.
+
+   -- be declared separately as power resources with their own _ON and _OFF
+      methods.  They are then tied back to D-states for a particular device
+      via _PRx which specifies which power resources a device needs to be on
+      while in Dx.  Kernel then tracks number of devices using a power resource
+      and calls _ON/_OFF as needed.
+
+The kernel ACPI code will also assume that the _PSx methods follow the normal
+ACPI rules for such methods:
+
+   -- If either _PS0 or _PS3 is implemented, then the other method must also
+      be implemented.
+
+   -- If a device requires usage or setup of a power resource when on, the ASL
+      should organize that it is allocated/enabled using the _PS0 method.
+
+   -- Resources allocated or enabled in the _PS0 method should be disabled
+      or de-allocated in the _PS3 method.
+
+   -- Firmware will leave the resources in a reasonable state before handing
+      over control to the kernel.
+
+Such code in _PSx methods will of course be very platform specific.  But,
+this allows the driver to abstract out the interface for operating the device
+and avoid having to read special non-standard values from ACPI tables. Further,
+abstracting the use of these resources allows the hardware to change over time
+without requiring updates to the driver.
+
+
+Clocks
+------
+ACPI makes the assumption that clocks are initialized by the firmware --
+UEFI, in this case -- to some working value before control is handed over
+to the kernel.  This has implications for devices such as UARTs, or SoC-driven
+LCD displays, for example.
+
+When the kernel boots, the clocks are assumed to be set to reasonable
+working values.  If for some reason the frequency needs to change -- e.g.,
+throttling for power management -- the device driver should expect that
+process to be abstracted out into some ACPI method that can be invoked
+(please see the ACPI specification for further recommendations on standard
+methods to be expected).  The only exceptions to this are CPU clocks where
+CPPC provides a much richer interface than ACPI methods.  If the clocks
+are not set, there is no direct way for Linux to control them.
+
+If an SoC vendor wants to provide fine-grained control of the system clocks,
+they could do so by providing ACPI methods that could be invoked by Linux
+drivers.  However, this is NOT recommended and Linux drivers should NOT use
+such methods, even if they are provided.  Such methods are not currently
+standardized in the ACPI specification, and using them could tie a kernel
+to a very specific SoC, or tie an SoC to a very specific version of the
+kernel, both of which we are trying to avoid.
+
+
+Driver Recommendations
+----------------------
+DO NOT remove any DT handling when adding ACPI support for a driver.  The
+same device may be used on many different systems.
+
+DO try to structure the driver so that it is data-driven.  That is, set up
+a struct containing internal per-device state based on defaults and whatever
+else must be discovered by the driver probe function.  Then, have the rest
+of the driver operate off of the contents of that struct.  Doing so should
+allow most divergence between ACPI and DT functionality to be kept local to
+the probe function instead of being scattered throughout the driver.  For
+example:
+
+static int device_probe_dt(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+       /* DT specific functionality */
+       ...
+}
+
+static int device_probe_acpi(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+       /* ACPI specific functionality */
+       ...
+}
+
+static int device_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
+{
+       ...
+       struct device_node node = pdev->dev.of_node;
+       ...
+
+       if (node)
+               ret = device_probe_dt(pdev);
+       else if (ACPI_HANDLE(&pdev->dev))
+               ret = device_probe_acpi(pdev);
+       else
+               /* other initialization */
+               ...
+       /* Continue with any generic probe operations */
+       ...
+}
+
+DO keep the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE entries together in the driver to make it
+clear the different names the driver is probed for, both from DT and from
+ACPI:
+
+static struct of_device_id virtio_mmio_match[] = {
+        { .compatible = "virtio,mmio", },
+        { }
+};
+MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, virtio_mmio_match);
+
+static const struct acpi_device_id virtio_mmio_acpi_match[] = {
+        { "LNRO0005", },
+        { }
+};
+MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(acpi, virtio_mmio_acpi_match);
+
+
+ASWG
+----
+The ACPI specification changes regularly.  During the year 2014, for instance,
+version 5.1 was released and version 6.0 substantially completed, with most of
+the changes being driven by ARM-specific requirements.  Proposed changes are
+presented and discussed in the ASWG (ACPI Specification Working Group) which
+is a part of the UEFI Forum.
+
+Participation in this group is open to all UEFI members.  Please see
+http://www.uefi.org/workinggroup for details on group membership.
+
+It is the intent of the ARMv8 ACPI kernel code to follow the ACPI specification
+as closely as possible, and to only implement functionality that complies with
+the released standards from UEFI ASWG.  As a practical matter, there will be
+vendors that provide bad ACPI tables or violate the standards in some way.
+If this is because of errors, quirks and fixups may be necessary, but will
+be avoided if possible.  If there are features missing from ACPI that preclude
+it from being used on a platform, ECRs (Engineering Change Requests) should be
+submitted to ASWG and go through the normal approval process; for those that
+are not UEFI members, many other members of the Linux community are and would
+likely be willing to assist in submitting ECRs.
+
+
+Linux Code
+----------
+Individual items specific to Linux on ARM, contained in the the Linux
+source code, are in the list that follows:
+
+ACPI_OS_NAME           This macro defines the string to be returned when
+                       an ACPI method invokes the _OS method.  On ARM64
+                       systems, this macro will be "Linux" by default.
+                       The command line parameter acpi_os=<string>
+                       can be used to set it to some other value.  The
+                       default value for other architectures is "Microsoft
+                       Windows NT", for example.
+
+ACPI Objects
+------------
+Detailed expectations for ACPI tables and object are listed in the file
+Documentation/arm64/acpi_object_usage.txt.
+
+
+References
+----------
+[0] http://silver.arm.com -- document ARM-DEN-0029, or newer
+    "Server Base System Architecture", version 2.3, dated 27 Mar 2014
+
+[1] http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.den0044a/Server_Base_Boot_Requirements.pdf
+    Document ARM-DEN-0044A, or newer: "Server Base Boot Requirements, System
+    Software on ARM Platforms", dated 16 Aug 2014
+
+[2] http://www.secretlab.ca/archives/151, 10 Jan 2015, Copyright (c) 2015,
+    Linaro Ltd., written by Grant Likely.  A copy of the verbatim text (apart
+    from formatting) is also in Documentation/arm64/why_use_acpi.txt.
+
+[3] AMD ACPI for Seattle platform documentation:
+    http://amd-dev.wpengine.netdna-cdn.com/wordpress/media/2012/10/Seattle_ACPI_Guide.pdf
+
+[4] http://www.uefi.org/acpi -- please see the link for the "ACPI _DSD Device
+    Property Registry Instructions"
+
+[5] http://www.uefi.org/acpi -- please see the link for the "_DSD (Device
+    Specific Data) Implementation Guide"
+
+[6] Kernel code for the unified device property interface can be found in
+    include/linux/property.h and drivers/base/property.c.
+
+
+Authors
+-------
+Al Stone <al.stone@linaro.org>
+Graeme Gregory <graeme.gregory@linaro.org>
+Hanjun Guo <hanjun.guo@linaro.org>
+
+Grant Likely <grant.likely@linaro.org>, for the "Why ACPI on ARM?" section
diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
index 03f7805..6782c58 100644
--- a/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/blackfin/Makefile
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ifneq ($(CONFIG_BLACKFIN),)
-ifneq ($(CONFIG_BFIN_GPTIMERS,)
+ifneq ($(CONFIG_BFIN_GPTIMERS),)
 obj-m := gptimers-example.o
 endif
 endif
diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
index 5aabc08..fd12c0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt
@@ -48,8 +48,7 @@
 	- Highmem I/O support
 	- I/O scheduler modularization
   1.2 Tuning based on high level requirements/capabilities
-	1.2.1 I/O Barriers
-	1.2.2 Request Priority/Latency
+	1.2.1 Request Priority/Latency
   1.3 Direct access/bypass to lower layers for diagnostics and special
       device operations
 	1.3.1 Pre-built commands
@@ -255,29 +254,12 @@
 What kind of support exists at the generic block layer for this ?
 
 The flags and rw fields in the bio structure can be used for some tuning
-from above e.g indicating that an i/o is just a readahead request, or for
-marking  barrier requests (discussed next), or priority settings (currently
-unused). As far as user applications are concerned they would need an
-additional mechanism either via open flags or ioctls, or some other upper
-level mechanism to communicate such settings to block.
+from above e.g indicating that an i/o is just a readahead request, or priority
+settings (currently unused). As far as user applications are concerned they
+would need an additional mechanism either via open flags or ioctls, or some
+other upper level mechanism to communicate such settings to block.
 
-1.2.1 I/O Barriers
-
-There is a way to enforce strict ordering for i/os through barriers.
-All requests before a barrier point must be serviced before the barrier
-request and any other requests arriving after the barrier will not be
-serviced until after the barrier has completed. This is useful for higher
-level control on write ordering, e.g flushing a log of committed updates
-to disk before the corresponding updates themselves.
-
-A flag in the bio structure, BIO_BARRIER is used to identify a barrier i/o.
-The generic i/o scheduler would make sure that it places the barrier request and
-all other requests coming after it after all the previous requests in the
-queue. Barriers may be implemented in different ways depending on the
-driver. For more details regarding I/O barriers, please read barrier.txt
-in this directory.
-
-1.2.2 Request Priority/Latency
+1.2.1 Request Priority/Latency
 
 Todo/Under discussion:
 Arjan's proposed request priority scheme allows higher levels some broad
@@ -906,8 +888,8 @@
 to refer to both parts and I/O scheduler to specific I/O schedulers.
 
 Block layer implements generic dispatch queue in block/*.c.
-The generic dispatch queue is responsible for properly ordering barrier
-requests, requeueing, handling non-fs requests and all other subtleties.
+The generic dispatch queue is responsible for requeueing, handling non-fs
+requests and all other subtleties.
 
 Specific I/O schedulers are responsible for ordering normal filesystem
 requests.  They can also choose to delay certain requests to improve
diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
index 271e607..db242ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/blockdev/nbd.txt
@@ -1,17 +1,31 @@
-                      Network Block Device (TCP version)
-                                       
-   What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux
-   can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time
-   the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a
-   request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read.
-   This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless)
-   to borrow disk space from another computer.
-   Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc.
+Network Block Device (TCP version)
+==================================
 
-   For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server
-   tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/.
+1) Overview
+-----------
 
-   The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client
-   system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact,
-   the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating
-   systems, including Windows.
+What is it: With this compiled in the kernel (or as a module), Linux
+can use a remote server as one of its block devices. So every time
+the client computer wants to read, e.g., /dev/nb0, it sends a
+request over TCP to the server, which will reply with the data read.
+This can be used for stations with low disk space (or even diskless)
+to borrow disk space from another computer.
+Unlike NFS, it is possible to put any filesystem on it, etc.
+
+For more information, or to download the nbd-client and nbd-server
+tools, go to http://nbd.sf.net/.
+
+The nbd kernel module need only be installed on the client
+system, as the nbd-server is completely in userspace. In fact,
+the nbd-server has been successfully ported to other operating
+systems, including Windows.
+
+A) NBD parameters
+-----------------
+
+max_part
+	Number of partitions per device (default: 0).
+
+nbds_max
+	Number of block devices that should be initialized (default: 16).
+
diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
index a22df3a..f456b43 100644
--- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt
@@ -275,11 +275,6 @@
 
 2.7 Kernel Memory Extension (CONFIG_MEMCG_KMEM)
 
-WARNING: Current implementation lacks reclaim support. That means allocation
-	 attempts will fail when close to the limit even if there are plenty of
-	 kmem available for reclaim. That makes this option unusable in real
-	 life so DO NOT SELECT IT unless for development purposes.
-
 With the Kernel memory extension, the Memory Controller is able to limit
 the amount of kernel memory used by the system. Kernel memory is fundamentally
 different than user memory, since it can't be swapped out, which makes it
@@ -345,6 +340,9 @@
     In this case, the admin could set up K so that the sum of all groups is
     never greater than the total memory, and freely set U at the cost of his
     QoS.
+    WARNING: In the current implementation, memory reclaim will NOT be
+    triggered for a cgroup when it hits K while staying below U, which makes
+    this setup impractical.
 
     U != 0, K >= U:
     Since kmem charges will also be fed to the user counter and reclaim will be
diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
index a0b005d..f9ad5e0 100644
--- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 	for_each_possible_cpu     - Iterate over cpu_possible_mask
 	for_each_online_cpu       - Iterate over cpu_online_mask
 	for_each_present_cpu      - Iterate over cpu_present_mask
-	for_each_cpu_mask(x,mask) - Iterate over some random collection of cpu mask.
+	for_each_cpu(x,mask)      - Iterate over some random collection of cpu mask.
 
 	#include <linux/cpu.h>
 	get_online_cpus() and put_online_cpus():
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
index ad69778..692171f 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-crypt.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 using the kernel crypto API.
 
 For a more detailed description of supported parameters see:
-http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/wiki/DMCrypt
+https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMCrypt
 
 Parameters: <cipher> <key> <iv_offset> <device path> \
 	      <offset> [<#opt_params> <opt_params>]
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 ===============
 LUKS (Linux Unified Key Setup) is now the preferred way to set up disk
 encryption with dm-crypt using the 'cryptsetup' utility, see
-http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/
+https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup
 
 [[
 #!/bin/sh
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c10f30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/log-writes.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+dm-log-writes
+=============
+
+This target takes 2 devices, one to pass all IO to normally, and one to log all
+of the write operations to.  This is intended for file system developers wishing
+to verify the integrity of metadata or data as the file system is written to.
+There is a log_write_entry written for every WRITE request and the target is
+able to take arbitrary data from userspace to insert into the log.  The data
+that is in the WRITE requests is copied into the log to make the replay happen
+exactly as it happened originally.
+
+Log Ordering
+============
+
+We log things in order of completion once we are sure the write is no longer in
+cache.  This means that normal WRITE requests are not actually logged until the
+next REQ_FLUSH request.  This is to make it easier for userspace to replay the
+log in a way that correlates to what is on disk and not what is in cache, to
+make it easier to detect improper waiting/flushing.
+
+This works by attaching all WRITE requests to a list once the write completes.
+Once we see a REQ_FLUSH request we splice this list onto the request and once
+the FLUSH request completes we log all of the WRITEs and then the FLUSH.  Only
+completed WRITEs, at the time the REQ_FLUSH is issued, are added in order to
+simulate the worst case scenario with regard to power failures.  Consider the
+following example (W means write, C means complete):
+
+W1,W2,W3,C3,C2,Wflush,C1,Cflush
+
+The log would show the following
+
+W3,W2,flush,W1....
+
+Again this is to simulate what is actually on disk, this allows us to detect
+cases where a power failure at a particular point in time would create an
+inconsistent file system.
+
+Any REQ_FUA requests bypass this flushing mechanism and are logged as soon as
+they complete as those requests will obviously bypass the device cache.
+
+Any REQ_DISCARD requests are treated like WRITE requests.  Otherwise we would
+have all the DISCARD requests, and then the WRITE requests and then the FLUSH
+request.  Consider the following example:
+
+WRITE block 1, DISCARD block 1, FLUSH
+
+If we logged DISCARD when it completed, the replay would look like this
+
+DISCARD 1, WRITE 1, FLUSH
+
+which isn't quite what happened and wouldn't be caught during the log replay.
+
+Target interface
+================
+
+i) Constructor
+
+   log-writes <dev_path> <log_dev_path>
+
+   dev_path	: Device that all of the IO will go to normally.
+   log_dev_path : Device where the log entries are written to.
+
+ii) Status
+
+    <#logged entries> <highest allocated sector>
+
+    #logged entries	       : Number of logged entries
+    highest allocated sector   : Highest allocated sector
+
+iii) Messages
+
+    mark <description>
+
+	You can use a dmsetup message to set an arbitrary mark in a log.
+	For example say you want to fsck a file system after every
+	write, but first you need to replay up to the mkfs to make sure
+	we're fsck'ing something reasonable, you would do something like
+	this:
+
+	  mkfs.btrfs -f /dev/mapper/log
+	  dmsetup message log 0 mark mkfs
+	  <run test>
+
+	  This would allow you to replay the log up to the mkfs mark and
+	  then replay from that point on doing the fsck check in the
+	  interval that you want.
+
+	Every log has a mark at the end labeled "dm-log-writes-end".
+
+Userspace component
+===================
+
+There is a userspace tool that will replay the log for you in various ways.
+It can be found here: https://github.com/josefbacik/log-writes
+
+Example usage
+=============
+
+Say you want to test fsync on your file system.  You would do something like
+this:
+
+TABLE="0 $(blockdev --getsz /dev/sdb) log-writes /dev/sdb /dev/sdc"
+dmsetup create log --table "$TABLE"
+mkfs.btrfs -f /dev/mapper/log
+dmsetup message log 0 mark mkfs
+
+mount /dev/mapper/log /mnt/btrfs-test
+<some test that does fsync at the end>
+dmsetup message log 0 mark fsync
+md5sum /mnt/btrfs-test/foo
+umount /mnt/btrfs-test
+
+dmsetup remove log
+replay-log --log /dev/sdc --replay /dev/sdb --end-mark fsync
+mount /dev/sdb /mnt/btrfs-test
+md5sum /mnt/btrfs-test/foo
+<verify md5sum's are correct>
+
+Another option is to do a complicated file system operation and verify the file
+system is consistent during the entire operation.  You could do this with:
+
+TABLE="0 $(blockdev --getsz /dev/sdb) log-writes /dev/sdb /dev/sdc"
+dmsetup create log --table "$TABLE"
+mkfs.btrfs -f /dev/mapper/log
+dmsetup message log 0 mark mkfs
+
+mount /dev/mapper/log /mnt/btrfs-test
+<fsstress to dirty the fs>
+btrfs filesystem balance /mnt/btrfs-test
+umount /mnt/btrfs-test
+dmsetup remove log
+
+replay-log --log /dev/sdc --replay /dev/sdb --end-mark mkfs
+btrfsck /dev/sdb
+replay-log --log /dev/sdc --replay /dev/sdb --start-mark mkfs \
+	--fsck "btrfsck /dev/sdb" --check fua
+
+And that will replay the log until it sees a FUA request, run the fsck command
+and if the fsck passes it will replay to the next FUA, until it is completed or
+the fsck command exists abnormally.
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt
index 8897d04..424835e 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/switch.txt
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
 Using this device-mapper switch target we can now build a two-layer
 device hierarchy:
 
-    Upper Tier – Determine which array member the I/O should be sent to.
-    Lower Tier – Load balance amongst paths to a particular member.
+    Upper Tier - Determine which array member the I/O should be sent to.
+    Lower Tier - Load balance amongst paths to a particular member.
 
 The lower tier consists of a single dm multipath device for each member.
 Each of these multipath devices contains the set of paths directly to
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt
index 2f51735..4f67578 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt
@@ -380,9 +380,6 @@
 load a target that is bigger than before, then extra blocks will be
 provisioned as and when needed.
 
-If you wish to reduce the size of your thin device and potentially
-regain some space then send the 'trim' message to the pool.
-
 ii) Status
 
      <nr mapped sectors> <highest mapped sector>
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt
index 9884681..e15bc1a 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
     <data_block_size> <hash_block_size>
     <num_data_blocks> <hash_start_block>
     <algorithm> <digest> <salt>
+    [<#opt_params> <opt_params>]
 
 <version>
     This is the type of the on-disk hash format.
@@ -62,6 +63,22 @@
 <salt>
     The hexadecimal encoding of the salt value.
 
+<#opt_params>
+    Number of optional parameters. If there are no optional parameters,
+    the optional paramaters section can be skipped or #opt_params can be zero.
+    Otherwise #opt_params is the number of following arguments.
+
+    Example of optional parameters section:
+        1 ignore_corruption
+
+ignore_corruption
+    Log corrupted blocks, but allow read operations to proceed normally.
+
+restart_on_corruption
+    Restart the system when a corrupted block is discovered. This option is
+    not compatible with ignore_corruption and requires user space support to
+    avoid restart loops.
+
 Theory of operation
 ===================
 
@@ -125,7 +142,7 @@
 
 The full specification of kernel parameters and on-disk metadata format
 is available at the cryptsetup project's wiki page
-  http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/wiki/DMVerity
+  https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/wikis/DMVerity
 
 Status
 ======
@@ -142,7 +159,7 @@
 
 A command line tool veritysetup is available to compute or verify
 the hash tree or activate the kernel device. This is available from
-the cryptsetup upstream repository http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup/
+the cryptsetup upstream repository https://gitlab.com/cryptsetup/cryptsetup/
 (as a libcryptsetup extension).
 
 Create hash on the device:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b95884
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pct.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* ARC Performance Counters
+
+The ARC700 can be configured with a pipeline performance monitor for counting
+CPU and cache events like cache misses and hits. Like conventional PCT there
+are 100+ hardware conditions dynamically mapped to upto 32 counters
+
+Note that:
+ * The ARC 700 PCT does not support interrupts; although HW events may be
+   counted, the HW events themselves cannot serve as a trigger for a sample.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible : should contain
+	"snps,arc700-pct"
+
+Example:
+
+pmu {
+        compatible = "snps,arc700-pct";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pmu.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 49d5173..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arc/pmu.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-* ARC Performance Monitor Unit
-
-The ARC 700 can be configured with a pipeline performance monitor for counting
-CPU and cache events like cache misses and hits.
-
-Note that:
- * ARC 700 refers to a family of ARC processor cores;
-   - There is only one type of PMU available for the whole family;
-   - The PMU may support different sets of events; supported events are probed
-     at boot time, as required by the reference manual.
-
- * The ARC 700 PMU does not support interrupts; although HW events may be
-   counted, the HW events themselves cannot serve as a trigger for a sample.
-
-Required properties:
-
-- compatible : should contain
-	"snps,arc700-pmu"
-
-Example:
-
-pmu {
-        compatible = "snps,arc700-pmu";
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f404a4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/al,alpine.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+Annapurna Labs Alpine Platform Device Tree Bindings
+---------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards in the Alpine family shall have the following properties:
+
+* Required root node properties:
+compatible: must contain "al,alpine"
+
+* Example:
+
+/ {
+	model = "Annapurna Labs Alpine Dev Board";
+	compatible = "al,alpine";
+
+	...
+}
+
+* CPU node:
+
+The Alpine platform includes cortex-a15 cores.
+enable-method: must be "al,alpine-smp" to allow smp  [1]
+
+Example:
+
+cpus {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	enable-method = "al,alpine-smp";
+
+	cpu@0 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <0>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@1 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@2 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <2>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@3 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <3>;
+	};
+};
+
+
+* Alpine CPU resume registers
+
+The CPU resume register are used to define required resume address after
+reset.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-cpu-resume".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+Example:
+
+cpu_resume {
+	compatible = "al,alpine-cpu-resume";
+	reg = <0xfbff5ed0 0x30>;
+};
+
+* Alpine System-Fabric Service Registers
+
+The System-Fabric Service Registers allow various operation on CPU and
+system fabric, like powering CPUs off.
+
+Properties:
+- compatible : Should contain "al,alpine-sysfabric-service" and "syscon".
+- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
+
+Example:
+
+nb_service {
+        compatible = "al,alpine-sysfabric-service", "syscon";
+        reg = <0xfb070000 0x10000>;
+};
+
+[1] arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..558735a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Altera's SoCFPGA platform device tree bindings
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with Cyclone 5 SoC:
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "altr,socfpga-cyclone5", "altr,socfpga";
+
+Boards with Arria 5 SoC:
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "altr,socfpga-arria5", "altr,socfpga";
+
+Boards with Arria 10 SoC:
+Required root node properties:
+compatible = "altr,socfpga-arria10", "altr,socfpga";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
index 8fe8150..973884a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
@@ -8,3 +8,7 @@
 Boards with the Amlogic Meson8 SoC shall have the following properties:
   Required root node property:
     compatible: "amlogic,meson8";
+
+Board compatible values:
+  - "geniatech,atv1200"
+  - "minix,neo-x8"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
index 256b4d8..e774128 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,10 @@
 - interrupts : Interrupt list for secure, non-secure, virtual and
   hypervisor timers, in that order.
 
-- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Optional.
+- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present
+  only where necessary to work around broken firmware which does not configure
+  CNTFRQ on all CPUs to a uniform correct value. Use of this property is
+  strongly discouraged; fix your firmware unless absolutely impossible.
 
 - always-on : a boolean property. If present, the timer is powered through an
   always-on power domain, therefore it never loses context.
@@ -46,7 +49,8 @@
 
 - compatible : Should at least contain "arm,armv7-timer-mem".
 
-- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Optional.
+- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Should be present
+  only when firmware has not configured the MMIO CNTFRQ registers.
 
 - reg : The control frame base address.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d4ff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-39x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Marvell Armada 39x Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Armada 39x family shall have the
+following property:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+ - compatible: must contain "marvell,armada390"
+
+In addition, boards using the Marvell Armada 398 SoC shall have the
+following property before the previous one:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible: must contain "marvell,armada398"
+
+Example:
+
+compatible = "marvell,a398-db", "marvell,armada398", "marvell,armada390";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
index ad319f8..2e99b5b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
@@ -46,10 +46,12 @@
   shared across all System Controller members.
 
 System Timer (ST) required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st"
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-st", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
 - reg: Should contain registers location and length
 - interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the ST which is the IRQ line
   shared across all System Controller members.
+Its subnodes can be:
+- watchdog: compatible should be "atmel,at91rm9200-wdt"
 
 TC/TCLIB Timer required properties:
 - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-tcb".
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm11351.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm11351.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm21664.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm21664.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm21664.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm21664.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm2835.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm2835.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm4708.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4708.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm4708.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm4708.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm63138.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/bcm63138.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm63138.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,brcmstb.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/cygnus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,cygnus.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/cygnus.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,cygnus.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt
index f28d82b..3c5c631 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cci.txt
@@ -94,8 +94,11 @@
 		- compatible
 			Usage: required
 			Value type: <string>
-			Definition: must be "arm,cci-400-pmu"
-
+			Definition: Must contain one of:
+				 "arm,cci-400-pmu,r0"
+				 "arm,cci-400-pmu,r1"
+				 "arm,cci-400-pmu"  - DEPRECATED, permitted only where OS has
+						      secure acces to CCI registers
 		- reg:
 			Usage: required
 			Value type: Integer cells. A register entry, expressed
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
index a308935..88602b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
@@ -61,7 +61,6 @@
 		compatible = "arm,coresight-etb10", "arm,primecell";
 		reg = <0 0x20010000 0 0x1000>;
 
-		coresight-default-sink;
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
 		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
 		port {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2e0cc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/al,alpine-smp
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+========================================================
+Secondary CPU enable-method "al,alpine-smp" binding
+========================================================
+
+This document describes the "al,alpine-smp" method for
+enabling secondary CPUs. To apply to all CPUs, a single
+"al,alpine-smp" enable method should be defined in the
+"cpus" node.
+
+Enable method name:	"al,alpine-smp"
+Compatible machines:	"al,alpine"
+Compatible CPUs:	"arm,cortex-a15"
+Related properties:	(none)
+
+Note:
+This enable method requires valid nodes compatible with
+"al,alpine-cpu-resume" and "al,alpine-nb-service"[1].
+
+Example:
+
+cpus {
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	enable-method = "al,alpine-smp";
+
+	cpu@0 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <0>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@1 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@2 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <2>;
+	};
+
+	cpu@3 {
+		compatible = "arm,cortex-a15";
+		device_type = "cpu";
+		reg = <3>;
+	};
+};
+
+--
+[1] arm/al,alpine.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
index 8b9e0a9..6aa331d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
@@ -192,6 +192,7 @@
 			    "brcm,brahma-b15"
 			    "marvell,armada-375-smp"
 			    "marvell,armada-380-smp"
+			    "marvell,armada-390-smp"
 			    "marvell,armada-xp-smp"
 			    "qcom,gcc-msm8660"
 			    "qcom,kpss-acc-v1"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt
index 1e097037..5da38c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt
@@ -22,6 +22,9 @@
 	- pclkN, clkN: Pairs of parent of input clock and input clock to the
 		devices in this power domain. Maximum of 4 pairs (N = 0 to 3)
 		are supported currently.
+	- asbN: Clocks required by asynchronous bridges (ASB) present in
+		the power domain. These clock should be enabled during power
+		domain on/off operations.
 - power-domains: phandle pointing to the parent power domain, for more details
 		 see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/geniatech.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/geniatech.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 74ccba4..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/geniatech.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-Geniatech platforms device tree bindings
--------------------------------------------
-
-Geniatech ATV1200
-    - compatible = "geniatech,atv1200"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
index 1e0d212..2da059a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
@@ -18,6 +18,8 @@
 	"arm,arm11mp-gic"
 	"brcm,brahma-b15-gic"
 	"arm,arm1176jzf-devchip-gic"
+	"qcom,msm-8660-qgic"
+	"qcom,msm-qgic2"
 - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
 - #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
   interrupt source.  The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 3.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt
index 925ecbf..4f40ff3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,kirkwood.txt
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@
 "lacie,cloudbox"
 "lacie,inetspace_v2"
 "lacie,laplug"
+"lacie,nas2big"
 "lacie,netspace_lite_v2"
 "lacie,netspace_max_v2"
 "lacie,netspace_mini_v2"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06df04c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,idle-state.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+QCOM Idle States for cpuidle driver
+
+ARM provides idle-state node to define the cpuidle states, as defined in [1].
+cpuidle-qcom is the cpuidle driver for Qualcomm SoCs and uses these idle
+states. Idle states have different enter/exit latency and residency values.
+The idle states supported by the QCOM SoC are defined as -
+
+    * Standby
+    * Retention
+    * Standalone Power Collapse (Standalone PC or SPC)
+    * Power Collapse (PC)
+
+Standby: Standby does a little more in addition to architectural clock gating.
+When the WFI instruction is executed the ARM core would gate its internal
+clocks. In addition to gating the clocks, QCOM cpus use this instruction as a
+trigger to execute the SPM state machine. The SPM state machine waits for the
+interrupt to trigger the core back in to active. This triggers the cache
+hierarchy to enter standby states, when all cpus are idle. An interrupt brings
+the SPM state machine out of its wait, the next step is to ensure that the
+cache hierarchy is also out of standby, and then the cpu is allowed to resume
+execution. This state is defined as a generic ARM WFI state by the ARM cpuidle
+driver and is not defined in the DT. The SPM state machine should be
+configured to execute this state by default and after executing every other
+state below.
+
+Retention: Retention is a low power state where the core is clock gated and
+the memory and the registers associated with the core are retained. The
+voltage may be reduced to the minimum value needed to keep the processor
+registers active. The SPM should be configured to execute the retention
+sequence and would wait for interrupt, before restoring the cpu to execution
+state. Retention may have a slightly higher latency than Standby.
+
+Standalone PC: A cpu can power down and warmboot if there is a sufficient time
+between the time it enters idle and the next known wake up. SPC mode is used
+to indicate a core entering a power down state without consulting any other
+cpu or the system resources. This helps save power only on that core.  The SPM
+sequence for this idle state is programmed to power down the supply to the
+core, wait for the interrupt, restore power to the core, and ensure the
+system state including cache hierarchy is ready before allowing core to
+resume. Applying power and resetting the core causes the core to warmboot
+back into Elevation Level (EL) which trampolines the control back to the
+kernel. Entering a power down state for the cpu, needs to be done by trapping
+into a EL. Failing to do so, would result in a crash enforced by the warm boot
+code in the EL for the SoC. On SoCs with write-back L1 cache, the cache has to
+be flushed in s/w, before powering down the core.
+
+Power Collapse: This state is similar to the SPC mode, but distinguishes
+itself in that the cpu acknowledges and permits the SoC to enter deeper sleep
+modes. In a hierarchical power domain SoC, this means L2 and other caches can
+be flushed, system bus, clocks - lowered, and SoC main XO clock gated and
+voltages reduced, provided all cpus enter this state.  Since the span of low
+power modes possible at this state is vast, the exit latency and the residency
+of this low power mode would be considered high even though at a cpu level,
+this essentially is cpu power down. The SPM in this state also may handshake
+with the Resource power manager (RPM) processor in the SoC to indicate a
+complete application processor subsystem shut down.
+
+The idle-state for QCOM SoCs are distinguished by the compatible property of
+the idle-states device node.
+
+The devicetree representation of the idle state should be -
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be one of -
+			"qcom,idle-state-ret",
+			"qcom,idle-state-spc",
+			"qcom,idle-state-pc",
+		and "arm,idle-state".
+
+Other required and optional properties are specified in [1].
+
+Example:
+
+	idle-states {
+		CPU_SPC: spc {
+			compatible = "qcom,idle-state-spc", "arm,idle-state";
+			entry-latency-us = <150>;
+			exit-latency-us = <200>;
+			min-residency-us = <2000>;
+		};
+	};
+
+[1]. Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/idle-states.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
index 1505fb8..ae4afc6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/qcom,saw2.txt
@@ -2,22 +2,31 @@
 
 The SAW2 is a wrapper around the Subsystem Power Manager (SPM) and the
 Adaptive Voltage Scaling (AVS) hardware. The SPM is a programmable
-micro-controller that transitions a piece of hardware (like a processor or
+power-controller that transitions a piece of hardware (like a processor or
 subsystem) into and out of low power modes via a direct connection to
 the PMIC. It can also be wired up to interact with other processors in the
 system, notifying them when a low power state is entered or exited.
 
+Multiple revisions of the SAW hardware are supported using these Device Nodes.
+SAW2 revisions differ in the register offset and configuration data. Also, the
+same revision of the SAW in different SoCs may have different configuration
+data due the the differences in hardware capabilities. Hence the SoC name, the
+version of the SAW hardware in that SoC and the distinction between cpu (big
+or Little) or cache, may be needed to uniquely identify the SAW register
+configuration and initialization data. The compatible string is used to
+indicate this parameter.
+
 PROPERTIES
 
 - compatible:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <string>
-	Definition: shall contain "qcom,saw2". A more specific value should be
-		    one of:
-			 "qcom,saw2-v1"
-			 "qcom,saw2-v1.1"
-			 "qcom,saw2-v2"
-			 "qcom,saw2-v2.1"
+	Definition: Must have
+			"qcom,saw2"
+		    A more specific value could be one of:
+			"qcom,apq8064-saw2-v1.1-cpu"
+			"qcom,msm8974-saw2-v2.1-cpu"
+			"qcom,apq8084-saw2-v2.1-cpu"
 
 - reg:
 	Usage: required
@@ -26,10 +35,23 @@
 		    the register region. An optional second element specifies
 		    the base address and size of the alias register region.
 
+- regulator:
+	Usage: optional
+	Value type: boolean
+	Definition: Indicates that this SPM device acts as a regulator device
+			device for the core (CPU or Cache) the SPM is attached
+			to.
 
-Example:
+Example 1:
 
-	regulator@2099000 {
+	power-controller@2099000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,saw2";
 		reg = <0x02099000 0x1000>, <0x02009000 0x1000>;
+		regulator;
+	};
+
+Example 2:
+	saw0: power-controller@f9089000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,apq8084-saw2-v2.1-cpu", "qcom,saw2";
+		reg = <0xf9089000 0x1000>, <0xf9009000 0x1000>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt
index 74607b6..5e10c34 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/msm/timer.txt
@@ -9,11 +9,17 @@
                "qcom,scss-timer" - scorpion subsystem
 
 - interrupts : Interrupts for the debug timer, the first general purpose
-               timer, and optionally a second general purpose timer in that
-               order.
+               timer, and optionally a second general purpose timer, and
+               optionally as well, 2 watchdog interrupts, in that order.
 
 - reg : Specifies the base address of the timer registers.
 
+- clocks: Reference to the parent clocks, one per output clock. The parents
+          must appear in the same order as the clock names.
+
+- clock-names: The name of the clocks as free-form strings. They should be in
+               the same order as the clocks.
+
 - clock-frequency : The frequency of the debug timer and the general purpose
                     timer(s) in Hz in that order.
 
@@ -29,9 +35,13 @@
                compatible = "qcom,scss-timer", "qcom,msm-timer";
                interrupts = <1 1 0x301>,
                             <1 2 0x301>,
-                            <1 3 0x301>;
+                            <1 3 0x301>,
+                            <1 4 0x301>,
+                            <1 5 0x301>;
                reg = <0x0200a000 0x100>;
                clock-frequency = <19200000>,
                                  <32768>;
+               clocks = <&sleep_clk>;
+               clock-names = "sleep";
                cpu-offset = <0x40000>;
        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a4e590
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/ctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+OMAP Control Module bindings
+
+Control Module contains miscellaneous features under it based on SoC type.
+Pincontrol is one common feature, and it has a specialized support
+described in [1]. Typically some clock nodes are also under control module.
+Syscon is used to share register level access to drivers external to
+control module driver itself.
+
+See [2] for documentation about clock/clockdomain nodes.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-single.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/*
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Must be one of:
+		"ti,am3-scm"
+		"ti,am4-scm"
+		"ti,dm814-scrm"
+		"ti,dm816-scrm"
+		"ti,omap2-scm"
+		"ti,omap3-scm"
+		"ti,omap4-scm-core"
+		"ti,omap4-scm-padconf-core"
+		"ti,omap5-scm-core"
+		"ti,omap5-scm-padconf-core"
+		"ti,dra7-scm-core"
+- reg:		Contains Control Module register address range
+		(base address and length)
+
+Optional properties:
+- clocks:	clocks for this module
+- clockdomains:	clockdomains for this module
+
+Examples:
+
+scm: scm@2000 {
+	compatible = "ti,omap3-scm", "simple-bus";
+	reg = <0x2000 0x2000>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges = <0 0x2000 0x2000>;
+
+	omap3_pmx_core: pinmux@30 {
+		compatible = "ti,omap3-padconf",
+			     "pinctrl-single";
+		reg = <0x30 0x230>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		pinctrl-single,register-width = <16>;
+		pinctrl-single,function-mask = <0xff1f>;
+	};
+
+	scm_conf: scm_conf@270 {
+		compatible = "syscon";
+		reg = <0x270 0x330>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		scm_clocks: clocks {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+		};
+	};
+
+	scm_clockdomains: clockdomains {
+	};
+}
+
+&scm_clocks {
+	mcbsp5_mux_fck: mcbsp5_mux_fck {
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "ti,composite-mux-clock";
+		clocks = <&core_96m_fck>, <&mcbsp_clks>;
+		ti,bit-shift = <4>;
+		reg = <0x02d8>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt
index 974624e..161448d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l3-noc.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible : Should be "ti,omap3-l3-smx" for OMAP3 family
                Should be "ti,omap4-l3-noc" for OMAP4 family
+               Should be "ti,omap5-l3-noc" for OMAP5 family
 	       Should be "ti,dra7-l3-noc" for DRA7 family
                Should be "ti,am4372-l3-noc" for AM43 family
 - reg:	Contains L3 register address range for each noc domain.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4f8a16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/l4.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+L4 interconnect bindings
+
+These bindings describe the OMAP SoCs L4 interconnect bus.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "ti,omap2-l4" for OMAP2 family l4 core bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap2-l4-wkup" for OMAP2 family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap3-l4-core" for OMAP3 family l4 core bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap4-l4-cfg" for OMAP4 family l4 cfg bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap4-l4-wkup" for OMAP4 family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap5-l4-cfg" for OMAP5 family l4 cfg bus
+	       Should be "ti,omap5-l4-wkup" for OMAP5 family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,dra7-l4-cfg" for DRA7 family l4 cfg bus
+	       Should be "ti,dra7-l4-wkup" for DRA7 family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,am3-l4-wkup" for AM33xx family l4 wkup bus
+	       Should be "ti,am4-l4-wkup" for AM43xx family l4 wkup bus
+- ranges : contains the IO map range for the bus
+
+Examples:
+
+l4: l4@48000000 {
+	compatible "ti,omap2-l4", "simple-bus";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges = <0 0x48000000 0x100000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt
index 79074da..3eb6d7af 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt
@@ -10,14 +10,10 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible:	Must be one of:
 		"ti,am3-prcm"
-		"ti,am3-scrm"
 		"ti,am4-prcm"
-		"ti,am4-scrm"
 		"ti,omap2-prcm"
-		"ti,omap2-scrm"
 		"ti,omap3-prm"
 		"ti,omap3-cm"
-		"ti,omap3-scrm"
 		"ti,omap4-cm1"
 		"ti,omap4-prm"
 		"ti,omap4-cm2"
@@ -29,6 +25,8 @@
 		"ti,dra7-prm"
 		"ti,dra7-cm-core-aon"
 		"ti,dra7-cm-core"
+		"ti,dm814-prcm"
+		"ti,dm816-prcm"
 - reg:		Contains PRCM module register address range
 		(base address and length)
 - clocks:	clocks for this module
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
index 6e54a9d..3b5f5d1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/pmu.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,13 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 
+- interrupt-affinity : Valid only when using SPIs, specifies a list of phandles
+                       to CPU nodes corresponding directly to the affinity of
+		       the SPIs listed in the interrupts property.
+
+		       This property should be present when there is more than
+		       a single SPI.
+
 - qcom,no-pc-write : Indicates that this PMU doesn't support the 0xc and 0xd
                      events.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
index 6809e4e..60d4a1e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.txt
@@ -22,3 +22,7 @@
       - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
     or
       - compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3288-beta", "rockchip,rk3288";
+
+- ChipSPARK PopMetal-RK3288 board:
+    Required root node properties:
+      - compatible = "chipspark,popmetal-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
index 51147cb..c4f19b2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/shmobile.txt
@@ -7,8 +7,6 @@
     compatible = "renesas,emev2"
   - RZ/A1H (R7S72100)
     compatible = "renesas,r7s72100"
-  - SH-Mobile AP4 (R8A73720/SH7372)
-    compatible = "renesas,sh7372"
   - SH-Mobile AG5 (R8A73A00/SH73A0)
     compatible = "renesas,sh73a0"
   - R-Mobile APE6 (R8A73A40)
@@ -37,8 +35,6 @@
     compatible = "renesas,alt", "renesas,r8a7794"
   - APE6-EVM
     compatible = "renesas,ape6evm", "renesas,r8a73a4"
-  - APE6-EVM - Reference Device Tree Implementation
-    compatible = "renesas,ape6evm-reference", "renesas,r8a73a4"
   - Atmark Techno Armadillo-800 EVA
     compatible = "renesas,armadillo800eva"
   - BOCK-W
@@ -57,12 +53,8 @@
     compatible = "renesas,kzm9d", "renesas,emev2"
   - Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-GT
     compatible = "renesas,kzm9g", "renesas,sh73a0"
-  - Kyoto Microcomputer Co. KZM-A9-GT - Reference Device Tree Implementation
-    compatible = "renesas,kzm9g-reference", "renesas,sh73a0"
   - Lager (RTP0RC7790SEB00010S)
     compatible = "renesas,lager", "renesas,r8a7790"
-  - Mackerel (R0P7372LC0016RL, AP4 EVM 2nd)
-    compatible = "renesas,mackerel"
   - Marzen
     compatible = "renesas,marzen", "renesas,r8a7779"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea670a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-actmon.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra Activity Monitor
+
+The activity monitor block collects statistics about the behaviour of other
+components in the system. This information can be used to derive the rate at
+which the external memory needs to be clocked in order to serve all requests
+from the monitored clients.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "nvidia,tegra<chip>-actmon"
+- reg: offset and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts: standard interrupt property
+- clocks: Must contain a phandle and clock specifier pair for each entry in
+clock-names. See ../../clock/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+  - actmon
+  - emc
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. See
+../../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+  - actmon
+
+Example:
+	actmon@6000c800 {
+		compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-actmon";
+		reg = <0x0 0x6000c800 0x0 0x400>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 45 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_ACTMON>,
+			 <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_EMC>;
+		clock-names = "actmon", "emc";
+		resets = <&tegra_car 119>;
+		reset-names = "actmon";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/bcma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,bus-axi.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/bcma.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/brcm,bus-axi.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt
index 63dd805..18729f6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/omap-ocp2scp.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 * OMAP OCP2SCP - ocp interface to scp interface
 
 properties:
-- compatible : Should be "ti,omap-ocp2scp"
+- compatible : Should be "ti,am437x-ocp2scp" for AM437x processor
+	       Should be "ti,omap-ocp2scp" for all others
 - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device
 - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
 - ranges : the child address space are mapped 1:1 onto the parent address space
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90e9472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/renesas,bsc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+Renesas Bus State Controller (BSC)
+==================================
+
+The Renesas Bus State Controller (BSC, sometimes called "LBSC within Bus
+Bridge", or "External Bus Interface") can be found in several Renesas ARM SoCs.
+It provides an external bus for connecting multiple external devices to the
+SoC, driving several chip select lines, for e.g. NOR FLASH, Ethernet and USB.
+
+While the BSC is a fairly simple memory-mapped bus, it may be part of a PM
+domain, and may have a gateable functional clock.
+Before a device connected to the BSC can be accessed, the PM domain
+containing the BSC must be powered on, and the functional clock
+driving the BSC must be enabled.
+
+The bindings for the BSC extend the bindings for "simple-pm-bus".
+
+
+Required properties
+  - compatible: Must contain an SoC-specific value, and "renesas,bsc" and
+		"simple-pm-bus" as fallbacks.
+                SoC-specific values can be:
+		"renesas,bsc-r8a73a4" for R-Mobile APE6 (r8a73a4)
+		"renesas,bsc-sh73a0" for SH-Mobile AG5 (sh73a0)
+  - #address-cells, #size-cells, ranges: Must describe the mapping between
+		parent address and child address spaces.
+  - reg: Must contain the base address and length to access the bus controller.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - interrupts: Must contain a reference to the BSC interrupt, if available.
+  - clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock, if available.
+  - power-domains: Must contain a reference to the PM domain, if available.
+
+
+Example:
+
+	bsc: bus@fec10000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,bsc-sh73a0", "renesas,bsc",
+			     "simple-pm-bus";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0 0x20000000>;
+		reg = <0xfec10000 0x400>;
+		interrupts = <0 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&zb_clk>;
+		power-domains = <&pd_a4s>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d032237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/simple-pm-bus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+Simple Power-Managed Bus
+========================
+
+A Simple Power-Managed Bus is a transparent bus that doesn't need a real
+driver, as it's typically initialized by the boot loader.
+
+However, its bus controller is part of a PM domain, or under the control of a
+functional clock.  Hence, the bus controller's PM domain and/or clock must be
+enabled for child devices connected to the bus (either on-SoC or externally)
+to function.
+
+While "simple-pm-bus" follows the "simple-bus" set of properties, as specified
+in ePAPR, it is not an extension of "simple-bus".
+
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible: Must contain at least "simple-pm-bus".
+		Must not contain "simple-bus".
+		It's recommended to let this be preceded by one or more
+		vendor-specific compatible values.
+  - #address-cells, #size-cells, ranges: Must describe the mapping between
+		parent address and child address spaces.
+
+Optional platform-specific properties for clock or PM domain control (at least
+one of them is required):
+  - clocks: Must contain a reference to the functional clock(s),
+  - power-domains: Must contain a reference to the PM domain.
+Please refer to the binding documentation for the clock and/or PM domain
+providers for more details.
+
+
+Example:
+
+	bsc: bus@fec10000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,bsc-sh73a0", "renesas,bsc",
+			     "simple-pm-bus";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		ranges = <0 0 0x20000000>;
+		reg = <0xfec10000 0x400>;
+		interrupts = <0 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&zb_clk>;
+		power-domains = <&pd_a4s>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/brcm,kona-ccu.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt
index f57d9dd9..f1738b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos3250-clock.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
   - "samsung,exynos3250-cmu" - controller compatible with Exynos3250 SoC.
   - "samsung,exynos3250-cmu-dmc" - controller compatible with
     Exynos3250 SoC for Dynamic Memory Controller domain.
+  - "samsung,exynos3250-cmu-isp" - ISP block clock controller compatible
+     with Exynos3250 SOC
 
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
@@ -36,6 +38,12 @@
 		#clock-cells = <1>;
 	};
 
+	cmu_isp: clock-controller@10048000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos3250-cmu-isp";
+		reg = <0x10048000 0x1000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
 Example 2: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
 	   controller. Refer to the standard clock bindings for information
 	   about 'clocks' and 'clock-names' property.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63379b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5433-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+* Samsung Exynos5433 CMU (Clock Management Units)
+
+The Exynos5433 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the Exynos5433 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of the following.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-top"   - clock controller compatible for CMU_TOP
+    which generates clocks for IMEM/FSYS/G3D/GSCL/HEVC/MSCL/G2D/MFC/PERIC/PERIS
+    domains and bus clocks.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cpif"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_CPIF
+    which generates clocks for LLI (Low Latency Interface) IP.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mif"   - clock controller compatible for CMU_MIF
+    which generates clocks for DRAM Memory Controller domain.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peric" - clock controller compatible for CMU_PERIC
+    which generates clocks for UART/I2C/SPI/I2S/PCM/SPDIF/PWM/SLIMBUS IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peris" - clock controller compatible for CMU_PERIS
+    which generates clocks for PMU/TMU/MCT/WDT/RTC/SECKEY/TZPC IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-fsys"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_FSYS
+    which generates clocks for USB/UFS/SDMMC/TSI/PDMA IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g2d"   - clock controller compatible for CMU_G2D
+    which generates clocks for G2D/MDMA IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-disp"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_DISP
+    which generates clocks for Display (DECON/HDMI/DSIM/MIXER) IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-aud"   - clock controller compatible for CMU_AUD
+    which generates clocks for Cortex-A5/BUS/AUDIO clocks.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus0", "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus1"
+    and "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus2" - clock controller compatible for CMU_BUS
+    which generates global data buses clock and global peripheral buses clock.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g3d"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_G3D
+    which generates clocks for 3D Graphics Engine IP.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-gscl"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_GSCL
+    which generates clocks for GSCALER IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-apollo"- clock controller compatible for CMU_APOLLO
+    which generates clocks for Cortex-A53 Quad-core processor.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-atlas" - clock controller compatible for CMU_ATLAS
+    which generates clocks for Cortex-A57 Quad-core processor, CoreSight and
+    L2 cache controller.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mscl" - clock controller compatible for CMU_MSCL
+    which generates clocks for M2M (Memory to Memory) scaler and JPEG IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mfc"  - clock controller compatible for CMU_MFC
+    which generates clocks for MFC(Multi-Format Codec) IP.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-hevc" - clock controller compatible for CMU_HEVC
+    which generates clocks for HEVC(High Efficiency Video Codec) decoder IP.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-isp" - clock controller compatible for CMU_ISP
+    which generates clocks for FIMC-ISP/DRC/SCLC/DIS/3DNR IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam0" - clock controller compatible for CMU_CAM0
+    which generates clocks for MIPI_CSIS{0|1}/FIMC_LITE_{A|B|D}/FIMC_3AA{0|1}
+    IPs.
+  - "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam1" - clock controller compatible for CMU_CAM1
+    which generates clocks for Cortex-A5/MIPI_CSIS2/FIMC-LITE_C/FIMC-FD IPs.
+
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+
+- clocks: list of the clock controller input clock identifiers,
+	from common clock bindings. Please refer the next section
+	to find the input clocks for a given controller.
+
+- clock-names: list of the clock controller input clock names,
+	as described in clock-bindings.txt.
+
+	Input clocks for top clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_mphy_pll
+		- sclk_mfc_pll
+		- sclk_bus_pll
+
+	Input clocks for cpif clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+
+	Input clocks for mif clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_mphy_pll
+
+	Input clocks for fsys clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_ufs_mphy
+		- div_aclk_fsys_200
+		- sclk_pcie_100_fsys
+		- sclk_ufsunipro_fsys
+		- sclk_mmc2_fsys
+		- sclk_mmc1_fsys
+		- sclk_mmc0_fsys
+		- sclk_usbhost30_fsys
+		- sclk_usbdrd30_fsys
+
+	Input clocks for g2d clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_g2d_266
+		- aclk_g2d_400
+
+	Input clocks for disp clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_dsim1_disp
+		- sclk_dsim0_disp
+		- sclk_dsd_disp
+		- sclk_decon_tv_eclk_disp
+		- sclk_decon_vclk_disp
+		- sclk_decon_eclk_disp
+		- sclk_decon_tv_vclk_disp
+		- aclk_disp_333
+
+	Input clocks for bus0 clock controller:
+		- aclk_bus0_400
+
+	Input clocks for bus1 clock controller:
+		- aclk_bus1_400
+
+	Input clocks for bus2 clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_bus2_400
+
+	Input clocks for g3d clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_g3d_400
+
+	Input clocks for gscl clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_gscl_111
+		- aclk_gscl_333
+
+	Input clocks for apollo clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_bus_pll_apollo
+
+	Input clocks for atlas clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_bus_pll_atlas
+
+	Input clocks for mscl clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_jpeg_mscl
+		- aclk_mscl_400
+
+	Input clocks for mfc clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_mfc_400
+
+	Input clocks for hevc clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_hevc_400
+
+	Input clocks for isp clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_isp_dis_400
+		- aclk_isp_400
+
+	Input clocks for cam0 clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- aclk_cam0_333
+		- aclk_cam0_400
+		- aclk_cam0_552
+
+	Input clocks for cam1 clock controller:
+		- oscclk
+		- sclk_isp_uart_cam1
+		- sclk_isp_spi1_cam1
+		- sclk_isp_spi0_cam1
+		- aclk_cam1_333
+		- aclk_cam1_400
+		- aclk_cam1_552
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume.
+
+All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/exynos5433.h header and can be used in device
+tree sources.
+
+Example 1: Examples of 'oscclk' source clock node are listed below.
+
+	xxti: xxti {
+		compatible = "fixed-clock";
+		clock-output-names = "oscclk";
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+Example 2: Examples of clock controller nodes are listed below.
+
+	cmu_top: clock-controller@10030000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-top";
+		reg = <0x10030000 0x0c04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_mphy_pll",
+			"sclk_mfc_pll",
+			"sclk_bus_pll";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_cpif CLK_SCLK_MPHY_PLL>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_MFC_PLL>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_BUS_PLL>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_cpif: clock-controller@10fc0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cpif";
+		reg = <0x10fc0000 0x0c04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk";
+		clocks = <&xxti>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_mif: clock-controller@105b0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mif";
+		reg = <0x105b0000 0x100c>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_mphy_pll";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_cpif CLK_SCLK_MPHY_PLL>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_peric: clock-controller@14c80000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peric";
+		reg = <0x14c80000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_peris: clock-controller@10040000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-peris";
+		reg = <0x10040000 0x0b20>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_fsys: clock-controller@156e0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-fsys";
+		reg = <0x156e0000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_ufs_mphy",
+			"div_aclk_fsys_200",
+			"sclk_pcie_100_fsys",
+			"sclk_ufsunipro_fsys",
+			"sclk_mmc2_fsys",
+			"sclk_mmc1_fsys",
+			"sclk_mmc0_fsys",
+			"sclk_usbhost30_fsys",
+			"sclk_usbdrd30_fsys";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_cpif CLK_SCLK_UFS_MPHY>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_DIV_ACLK_FSYS_200>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_PCIE_100_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_UFSUNIPRO_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_MMC2_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_MMC1_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_MMC0_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_USBHOST30_FSYS>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_USBDRD30_FSYS>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_g2d: clock-controller@12460000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g2d";
+		reg = <0x12460000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"aclk_g2d_266",
+			"aclk_g2d_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_G2D_266>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_G2D_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_disp: clock-controller@13b90000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-disp";
+		reg = <0x13b90000 0x0c04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_dsim1_disp",
+			"sclk_dsim0_disp",
+			"sclk_dsd_disp",
+			"sclk_decon_tv_eclk_disp",
+			"sclk_decon_vclk_disp",
+			"sclk_decon_eclk_disp",
+			"sclk_decon_tv_vclk_disp",
+			"aclk_disp_333";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DSIM1_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DSIM0_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DSD_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_TV_ECLK_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_VCLK_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_ECLK_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_DECON_TV_VCLK_DISP>,
+		       <&cmu_mif CLK_ACLK_DISP_333>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_aud: clock-controller@114c0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-aud";
+		reg = <0x114c0000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_bus0: clock-controller@13600000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus0";
+		reg = <0x13600000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "aclk_bus0_400";
+		clocks = <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_BUS0_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_bus1: clock-controller@14800000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus1";
+		reg = <0x14800000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "aclk_bus1_400";
+		clocks = <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_BUS1_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_bus2: clock-controller@13400000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-bus2";
+		reg = <0x13400000 0x0b04>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_bus2_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_mif CLK_ACLK_BUS2_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_g3d: clock-controller@14aa0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-g3d";
+		reg = <0x14aa0000 0x1000>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_g3d_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_G3D_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_gscl: clock-controller@13cf0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-gscl";
+		reg = <0x13cf0000 0x0b10>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"aclk_gscl_111",
+			"aclk_gscl_333";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+			<&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_GSCL_111>,
+			<&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_GSCL_333>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_apollo: clock-controller@11900000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-apollo";
+		reg = <0x11900000 0x1088>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "sclk_bus_pll_apollo";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_BUS_PLL_APOLLO>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_atlas: clock-controller@11800000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-atlas";
+		reg = <0x11800000 0x1088>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "sclk_bus_pll_atlas";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_mif CLK_SCLK_BUS_PLL_ATLAS>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_mscl: clock-controller@105d0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mscl";
+		reg = <0x105d0000 0x0b10>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_jpeg_mscl",
+			"aclk_mscl_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_JPEG_MSCL>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_MSCL_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_mfc: clock-controller@15280000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-mfc";
+		reg = <0x15280000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_mfc_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_MFC_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_hevc: clock-controller@14f80000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-hevc";
+		reg = <0x14f80000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk", "aclk_hevc_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>, <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_HEVC_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_isp: clock-controller@146d0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-isp";
+		reg = <0x146d0000 0x0b0c>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"aclk_isp_dis_400",
+			"aclk_isp_400";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_ISP_DIS_400>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_ISP_400>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_cam0: clock-controller@120d0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam0";
+		reg = <0x120d0000 0x0b0c>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"aclk_cam0_333",
+			"aclk_cam0_400",
+			"aclk_cam0_552";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM0_333>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM0_400>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM0_552>;
+	};
+
+	cmu_cam1: clock-controller@145d0000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-cmu-cam1";
+		reg = <0x145d0000 0x0b08>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clock-names = "oscclk",
+			"sclk_isp_uart_cam1",
+			"sclk_isp_spi1_cam1",
+			"sclk_isp_spi0_cam1",
+			"aclk_cam1_333",
+			"aclk_cam1_400",
+			"aclk_cam1_552";
+		clocks = <&xxti>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_ISP_UART_CAM1>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_ISP_SPI1_CAM1>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_SCLK_ISP_SPI0_CAM1>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM1_333>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM1_400>,
+		       <&cmu_top CLK_ACLK_CAM1_552>;
+	};
+
+Example 3: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
+	   controller.
+
+	serial_0: serial@14C10000 {
+		compatible = "samsung,exynos5433-uart";
+		reg = <0x14C10000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 421 0>;
+		clocks = <&cmu_peric CLK_PCLK_UART0>,
+			 <&cmu_peric CLK_SCLK_UART0>;
+		clock-names = "uart", "clk_uart_baud0";
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&uart0_bus>;
+		status = "disabled";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3323962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Fujitsu CRG11 clock driver bindings
+-----------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : Shall contain "fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11"
+- #clock-cells : Shall be 3 {cntrlr domain port}
+
+The consumer specifies the desired clock pointing to its phandle.
+
+Example:
+
+	clock: crg11 {
+		compatible = "fujitsu,mb86s70-crg11";
+		#clock-cells = <3>;
+	};
+
+	mhu: mhu0@2b1f0000 {
+		#mbox-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "arm,mhu";
+		reg = <0 0x2B1F0000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 36 4>, /* LP Non-Sec */
+			     <0 35 4>, /* HP Non-Sec */
+			     <0 37 4>; /* Secure */
+		clocks = <&clock 0 2 1>; /* Cntrlr:0 Domain:2 Port:1 */
+		clock-names = "clk";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
index dc5ea5b..670c2af 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-core-clock.txt
@@ -23,6 +23,14 @@
  2 = l2clk   (L2 Cache clock)
  3 = ddrclk  (DDR clock)
 
+The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Armada 39x:
+ 0 = tclk    (Internal Bus clock)
+ 1 = cpuclk  (CPU clock)
+ 2 = nbclk   (Coherent Fabric clock)
+ 3 = hclk    (SDRAM Controller Internal Clock)
+ 4 = dclk    (SDRAM Interface Clock)
+ 5 = refclk  (Reference Clock)
+
 The following is a list of provided IDs and clock names on Kirkwood and Dove:
  0 = tclk   (Internal Bus clock)
  1 = cpuclk (CPU0 clock)
@@ -39,6 +47,7 @@
 	"marvell,armada-370-core-clock" - For Armada 370 SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,armada-375-core-clock" - For Armada 375 SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,armada-380-core-clock" - For Armada 380/385 SoC core clocks
+	"marvell,armada-390-core-clock" - For Armada 39x SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,armada-xp-core-clock" - For Armada XP SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,dove-core-clock" - for Dove SoC core clocks
 	"marvell,kirkwood-core-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC (except mv88f6180)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
index 76477be..31c7c0c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-gated-clock.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 * Gated Clock bindings for Marvell EBU SoCs
 
-Marvell Armada 370/375/380/385/XP, Dove and Kirkwood allow some
+Marvell Armada 370/375/380/385/39x/XP, Dove and Kirkwood allow some
 peripheral clocks to be gated to save some power. The clock consumer
 should specify the desired clock by having the clock ID in its
 "clocks" phandle cell. The clock ID is directly mapped to the
@@ -77,6 +77,18 @@
 28	xor1		XOR 1
 30	sata1		SATA 1
 
+The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada 39x:
+ID	Clock		Peripheral
+-----------------------------------
+5	pex1		PCIe 1
+6	pex2		PCIe 2
+7	pex3		PCIe 3
+8	pex0		PCIe 0
+9	usb3h0		USB3 Host 0
+17	sdio		SDIO
+22	xor0		XOR 0
+28	xor1		XOR 1
+
 The following is a list of provided IDs for Armada XP:
 ID	Clock	Peripheral
 -----------------------------------
@@ -152,6 +164,7 @@
 	"marvell,armada-370-gating-clock" - for Armada 370 SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,armada-375-gating-clock" - for Armada 375 SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,armada-380-gating-clock" - for Armada 380/385 SoC clock gating
+	"marvell,armada-390-gating-clock" - for Armada 39x SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,armada-xp-gating-clock" - for Armada XP SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,dove-gating-clock" - for Dove SoC clock gating
 	"marvell,kirkwood-gating-clock" - for Kirkwood SoC clock gating
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..868db49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pistachio-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+Imagination Technologies Pistachio SoC clock controllers
+========================================================
+
+Pistachio has four clock controllers (core clock, peripheral clock, peripheral
+general control, and top general control) which are instantiated individually
+from the device-tree.
+
+External clocks:
+----------------
+
+There are three external inputs to the clock controllers which should be
+defined with the following clock-output-names:
+- "xtal": External 52Mhz oscillator (required)
+- "audio_clk_in": Alternate audio reference clock (optional)
+- "enet_clk_in": Alternate ethernet PHY clock (optional)
+
+Core clock controller:
+----------------------
+
+The core clock controller generates clocks for the CPU, RPU (WiFi + BT
+co-processor), audio, and several peripherals.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "img,pistachio-clk".
+- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the core clock controller.
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1.  The single cell is the clock identifier.
+  See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Must include "xtal" (see "External clocks") and
+  "audio_clk_in_gate", "enet_clk_in_gate" which are generated by the
+  top-level general control.
+
+Example:
+	clk_core: clock-controller@18144000 {
+		compatible = "img,pistachio-clk";
+		reg = <0x18144000 0x800>;
+		clocks = <&xtal>, <&cr_top EXT_CLK_AUDIO_IN>,
+			 <&cr_top EXT_CLK_ENET_IN>;
+		clock-names = "xtal", "audio_clk_in_gate", "enet_clk_in_gate";
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+Peripheral clock controller:
+----------------------------
+
+The peripheral clock controller generates clocks for the DDR, ROM, and other
+peripherals.  The peripheral system clock ("periph_sys") generated by the core
+clock controller is the input clock to the peripheral clock controller.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "img,pistachio-periph-clk".
+- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the peripheral clock
+  controller.
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1.  The single cell is the clock identifier.
+  See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Must include "periph_sys", the peripheral system clock generated
+  by the core clock controller.
+
+Example:
+	clk_periph: clock-controller@18144800 {
+		compatible = "img,pistachio-clk-periph";
+		reg = <0x18144800 0x800>;
+		clocks = <&clk_core CLK_PERIPH_SYS>;
+		clock-names = "periph_sys";
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+Peripheral general control:
+---------------------------
+
+The peripheral general control block generates system interface clocks and
+resets for various peripherals.  It also contains miscellaneous peripheral
+control registers.  The system clock ("sys") generated by the peripheral clock
+controller is the input clock to the system clock controller.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must include "img,pistachio-periph-cr" and "syscon".
+- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the peripheral general
+  control registers.
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1.  The single cell is the clock identifier.
+  See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Must include "sys", the system clock generated by the peripheral
+  clock controller.
+
+Example:
+	cr_periph: syscon@18144800 {
+		compatible = "img,pistachio-cr-periph", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x18148000 0x1000>;
+		clocks = <&clock_periph PERIPH_CLK_PERIPH_SYS>;
+		clock-names = "sys";
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+Top-level general control:
+--------------------------
+
+The top-level general control block contains miscellaneous control registers and
+gates for the external clocks "audio_clk_in" and "enet_clk_in".
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must include "img,pistachio-cr-top" and "syscon".
+- reg: Must contain the base address and length of the top-level
+  control registers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names.
+- clock-names: Two optional clocks, "audio_clk_in" and "enet_clk_in" (see
+  "External clocks").
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1.  The single cell is the clock identifier.
+  See dt-bindings/clock/pistachio-clk.h for the list of valid identifiers.
+
+Example:
+	cr_top: syscon@18144800 {
+		compatible = "img,pistachio-cr-top", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x18149000 0x200>;
+		clocks = <&audio_refclk>, <&ext_enet_in>;
+		clock-names = "audio_clk_in", "enet_clk_in";
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83db876
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/pwm-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Binding for an external clock signal driven by a PWM pin.
+
+This binding uses the common clock binding[1] and the common PWM binding[2].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pwm.txt
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : shall be "pwm-clock".
+- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0.
+- pwms : from common PWM binding; this determines the clock frequency
+  via the period given in the PWM specifier.
+
+Optional properties:
+- clock-output-names : From common clock binding.
+- clock-frequency : Exact output frequency, in case the PWM period
+  is not exact but was rounded to nanoseconds.
+
+Example:
+	clock {
+		compatible = "pwm-clock";
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
+		clock-frequency = <25000000>;
+		clock-output-names = "mipi_mclk";
+		pwms = <&pwm2 0 40>; /* 1 / 40 ns = 25 MHz */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
index aba3d25..54c23f3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 			"qcom,gcc-apq8084"
 			"qcom,gcc-ipq8064"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8660"
+			"qcom,gcc-msm8916"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8960"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8974"
 			"qcom,gcc-msm8974pro"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f3747f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Renesas R8A7778 Clock Pulse Generator (CPG)
+
+The CPG generates core clocks for the R8A7778. It includes two PLLs and
+several fixed ratio dividers
+
+Required Properties:
+
+  - compatible: Must be "renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks"
+  - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG
+  - #clock-cells: Must be 1
+  - clock-output-names: The names of the clocks. Supported clocks are
+    "plla", "pllb", "b", "out", "p", "s", and "s1".
+
+
+Example
+-------
+
+	cpg_clocks: cpg_clocks@ffc80000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,r8a7778-cpg-clocks";
+		reg = <0xffc80000 0x80>;
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		clocks = <&extal_clk>;
+		clock-output-names = "plla", "pllb", "b",
+				     "out", "p", "s", "s1";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt
index c40711e..28b2830 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si5351.txt
@@ -17,7 +17,8 @@
 - #clock-cells: from common clock binding; shall be set to 1.
 - clocks: from common clock binding; list of parent clock
   handles, shall be xtal reference clock or xtal and clkin for
-  si5351c only.
+  si5351c only. Corresponding clock input names are "xtal" and
+  "clkin" respectively.
 - #address-cells: shall be set to 1.
 - #size-cells: shall be set to 0.
 
@@ -71,6 +72,7 @@
 
 		/* connect xtal input to 25MHz reference */
 		clocks = <&ref25>;
+		clock-names = "xtal";
 
 		/* connect xtal input as source of pll0 and pll1 */
 		silabs,pll-source = <0 0>, <1 0>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
index 60b4428..4fa11af 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
 	"allwinner,sun8i-a23-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock on A23
 	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates
 	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock
+	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock on A13
 	"allwinner,sun9i-a80-ahb-clk" - for the AHB bus clocks on A80
 	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A13
@@ -66,6 +67,8 @@
 	"allwinner,sun4i-a10-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A10 / A20
 	"allwinner,sun5i-a13-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A13
 	"allwinner,sun6i-a31-usb-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A31
+	"allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-mod-clk" - for usb gates + resets on A80
+	"allwinner,sun9i-a80-usb-phy-clk" - for usb phy gates + resets on A80
 
 Required properties for all clocks:
 - reg : shall be the control register address for the clock.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3193979
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/common-properties.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+Common properties
+
+The ePAPR specification does not define any properties related to hardware
+byteswapping, but endianness issues show up frequently in porting Linux to
+different machine types.  This document attempts to provide a consistent
+way of handling byteswapping across drivers.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - big-endian: Boolean; force big endian register accesses
+   unconditionally (e.g. ioread32be/iowrite32be).  Use this if you
+   know the peripheral always needs to be accessed in BE mode.
+ - little-endian: Boolean; force little endian register accesses
+   unconditionally (e.g. readl/writel).  Use this if you know the
+   peripheral always needs to be accessed in LE mode.
+ - native-endian: Boolean; always use register accesses matched to the
+   endianness of the kernel binary (e.g. LE vmlinux -> readl/writel,
+   BE vmlinux -> ioread32be/iowrite32be).  In this case no byteswaps
+   will ever be performed.  Use this if the hardware "self-adjusts"
+   register endianness based on the CPU's configured endianness.
+
+If a binding supports these properties, then the binding should also
+specify the default behavior if none of these properties are present.
+In such cases, little-endian is the preferred default, but it is not
+a requirement.  The of_device_is_big_endian() and of_fdt_is_big_endian()
+helper functions do assume that little-endian is the default, because
+most existing (PCI-based) drivers implicitly default to LE by using
+readl/writel for MMIO accesses.
+
+Examples:
+Scenario 1 : CPU in LE mode & device in LE mode.
+dev: dev@40031000 {
+	      compatible = "name";
+	      reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+	      ...
+	      native-endian;
+};
+
+Scenario 2 : CPU in LE mode & device in BE mode.
+dev: dev@40031000 {
+	      compatible = "name";
+	      reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+	      ...
+	      big-endian;
+};
+
+Scenario 3 : CPU in BE mode & device in BE mode.
+dev: dev@40031000 {
+	      compatible = "name";
+	      reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+	      ...
+	      native-endian;
+};
+
+Scenario 4 : CPU in BE mode & device in LE mode.
+dev: dev@40031000 {
+	      compatible = "name";
+	      reg = <0x40031000 0x1000>;
+	      ...
+	      little-endian;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d209ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/axis.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+Axis Communications AB
+ARTPEC series SoC Device Tree Bindings
+
+
+CRISv32 based SoCs are ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3:
+
+    - compatible = "axis,crisv32";
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..533dd27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/boards.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Boards based on the CRIS SoCs:
+
+Required root node properties:
+    - compatible = should be one or more of the following:
+	- "axis,dev88"	- for Axis devboard 88 with ETRAX FS
+
+Optional:
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8b123b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cris/interrupts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+* CRISv32 Interrupt Controller
+
+Interrupt controller for the CRISv32 SoCs.
+
+Main node required properties:
+
+- compatible : should be:
+	"axis,crisv32-intc"
+- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
+  interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 1.
+- reg: physical base address and size of the intc registers map.
+
+Example:
+
+	intc: interrupt-controller {
+		compatible = "axis,crisv32-intc";
+		reg = <0xb001c000 0x1000>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d305876
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/apm-xgene-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+Applied Micro X-Gene SoC DMA nodes
+
+DMA nodes are defined to describe on-chip DMA interfaces in
+APM X-Gene SoC.
+
+Required properties for DMA interfaces:
+- compatible: Should be "apm,xgene-dma".
+- device_type: set to "dma".
+- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device.
+  It contains the information of registers in the following order:
+  1st - DMA control and status register address space.
+  2nd - Descriptor ring control and status register address space.
+  3rd - Descriptor ring command register address space.
+  4th - Soc efuse register address space.
+- interrupts: DMA has 5 interrupts sources. 1st interrupt is
+  DMA error reporting interrupt. 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th interrupts
+  are completion interrupts for each DMA channels.
+- clocks: Reference to the clock entry.
+
+Optional properties:
+- dma-coherent : Present if dma operations are coherent
+
+Example:
+	dmaclk: dmaclk@1f27c000 {
+		compatible = "apm,xgene-device-clock";
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		clocks = <&socplldiv2 0>;
+		reg = <0x0 0x1f27c000 0x0 0x1000>;
+		reg-names = "csr-reg";
+		clock-output-names = "dmaclk";
+	};
+
+	dma: dma@1f270000 {
+			compatible = "apm,xgene-storm-dma";
+			device_type = "dma";
+			reg = <0x0 0x1f270000 0x0 0x10000>,
+			      <0x0 0x1f200000 0x0 0x10000>,
+			      <0x0 0x1b008000 0x0 0x2000>,
+			      <0x0 0x1054a000 0x0 0x100>;
+			interrupts = <0x0 0x82 0x4>,
+				     <0x0 0xb8 0x4>,
+				     <0x0 0xb9 0x4>,
+				     <0x0 0xba 0x4>,
+				     <0x0 0xbb 0x4>;
+			dma-coherent;
+			clocks = <&dmaclk 0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/brcm,bcm2835-dma.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt
index a4873e5..e30e184 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 		      80 81 68 69
 		      70 71 72 73
 		      74 75 76 77>;
-	interrupt-names = "auart4-rx", "aurat4-tx", "spdif-tx", "empty",
+	interrupt-names = "auart4-rx", "auart4-tx", "spdif-tx", "empty",
 			  "saif0", "saif1", "i2c0", "i2c1",
 			  "auart0-rx", "auart0-tx", "auart1-rx", "auart1-tx",
 			  "auart2-rx", "auart2-tx", "auart3-rx", "auart3-tx";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f25feee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/jz4780-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+* Ingenic JZ4780 DMA Controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be "ingenic,jz4780-dma"
+- reg: Should contain the DMA controller registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain the interrupt specifier of the DMA controller.
+- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle of the interrupt controller that
+- clocks: Should contain a clock specifier for the JZ4780 PDMA clock.
+- #dma-cells: Must be <2>. Number of integer cells in the dmas property of
+  DMA clients (see below).
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- ingenic,reserved-channels: Bitmask of channels to reserve for devices that
+  need a specific channel. These channels will only be assigned when explicitly
+  requested by a client. The primary use for this is channels 0 and 1, which
+  can be configured to have special behaviour for NAND/BCH when using
+  programmable firmware.
+
+Example:
+
+dma: dma@13420000 {
+	compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-dma";
+	reg = <0x13420000 0x10000>;
+
+	interrupt-parent = <&intc>;
+	interrupts = <10>;
+
+	clocks = <&cgu JZ4780_CLK_PDMA>;
+
+	#dma-cells = <2>;
+
+	ingenic,reserved-channels = <0x3>;
+};
+
+DMA clients must use the format described in dma.txt, giving a phandle to the
+DMA controller plus the following 2 integer cells:
+
+1. Request type: The DMA request type for transfers to/from the device on
+   the allocated channel, as defined in the SoC documentation.
+
+2. Channel: If set to 0xffffffff, any available channel will be allocated for
+   the client. Otherwise, the exact channel specified will be used. The channel
+   should be reserved on the DMA controller using the ingenic,reserved-channels
+   property.
+
+Example:
+
+uart0: serial@10030000 {
+	...
+	dmas = <&dma 0x14 0xffffffff
+		&dma 0x15 0xffffffff>;
+	dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+	...
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt
index f8c3311..1c9d48e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/qcom_bam_dma.txt
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 - compatible: must be one of the following:
  * "qcom,bam-v1.4.0" for MSM8974, APQ8074 and APQ8084
  * "qcom,bam-v1.3.0" for APQ8064, IPQ8064 and MSM8960
+ * "qcom,bam-v1.7.0" for MSM8916
 - reg: Address range for DMA registers
 - interrupts: Should contain the one interrupt shared by all channels
 - #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell in the dmas property of the client device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 61bca50..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-* R-Car Audio DMAC peri peri Device Tree bindings
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible:	should be "renesas,rcar-audmapp"
-- #dma-cells:	should be <1>, see "dmas" property below
-
-Example:
-	audmapp: audio-dma-pp@0xec740000 {
-		compatible = "renesas,rcar-audmapp";
-		#dma-cells = <1>;
-
-		reg = <0 0xec740000 0 0x200>;
-	};
-
-
-* DMA client
-
-Required properties:
-- dmas:		a list of <[DMA multiplexer phandle] [SRS << 8 | DRS]> pairs.
-		where SRS/DRS are specified in the SoC manual.
-		It will be written into PDMACHCR as high 16-bit parts.
-- dma-names:	a list of DMA channel names, one per "dmas" entry
-
-Example:
-
-	dmas = <&audmapp 0x2d00
-		&audmapp 0x3700>;
-	dma-names =  "src0_ssiu0",
-		     "dvc0_ssiu0";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..040f365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,usb-dmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+* Renesas USB DMA Controller Device Tree bindings
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: must contain "renesas,usb-dmac"
+- reg: base address and length of the registers block for the DMAC
+- interrupts: interrupt specifiers for the DMAC, one for each entry in
+  interrupt-names.
+- interrupt-names: one entry per channel, named "ch%u", where %u is the
+  channel number ranging from zero to the number of channels minus one.
+- clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs.
+- #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell specifies the channel number of the DMAC
+  port connected to the DMA client.
+- dma-channels: number of DMA channels
+
+Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) USB-DMACs
+
+	usb_dmac0: dma-controller@e65a0000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,usb-dmac";
+		reg = <0 0xe65a0000 0 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 109 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+			      0 109 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-names = "ch0", "ch1";
+		clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7790_CLK_USBDMAC0>;
+		#dma-cells = <1>;
+		dma-channels = <2>;
+	};
+
+	usb_dmac1: dma-controller@e65b0000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,usb-dmac";
+		reg = <0 0xe65b0000 0 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <0 110 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+			      0 110 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-names = "ch0", "ch1";
+		clocks = <&mstp3_clks R8A7790_CLK_USBDMAC1>;
+		#dma-cells = <1>;
+		dma-channels = <2>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt
index 443bcb6..9a21366 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/drm/imx/ldb.txt
@@ -44,23 +44,30 @@
 LVDS Channel
 ============
 
-Each LVDS Channel has to contain a display-timings node that describes the
-video timings for the connected LVDS display. For detailed information, also
-have a look at Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt.
+Each LVDS Channel has to contain either an of graph link to a panel device node
+or a display-timings node that describes the video timings for the connected
+LVDS display as well as the fsl,data-mapping and fsl,data-width properties.
 
 Required properties:
  - reg : should be <0> or <1>
+ - port: Input and output port nodes with endpoint definitions as defined in
+   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt.
+   On i.MX5, the internal two-input-multiplexer is used. Due to hardware
+   limitations, only one input port (port@[0,1]) can be used for each channel
+   (lvds-channel@[0,1], respectively).
+   On i.MX6, there should be four input ports (port@[0-3]) that correspond
+   to the four LVDS multiplexer inputs.
+   A single output port (port@2 on i.MX5, port@4 on i.MX6) must be connected
+   to a panel input port. Optionally, the output port can be left out if
+   display-timings are used instead.
+
+Optional properties (required if display-timings are used):
+ - display-timings : A node that describes the display timings as defined in
+   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/display-timing.txt.
  - fsl,data-mapping : should be "spwg" or "jeida"
                       This describes how the color bits are laid out in the
                       serialized LVDS signal.
  - fsl,data-width : should be <18> or <24>
- - port: A port node with endpoint definitions as defined in
-   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
-   On i.MX5, the internal two-input-multiplexer is used.
-   Due to hardware limitations, only one port (port@[0,1])
-   can be used for each channel (lvds-channel@[0,1], respectively)
-   On i.MX6, there should be four ports (port@[0-3]) that correspond
-   to the four LVDS multiplexer inputs.
 
 example:
 
@@ -73,23 +80,21 @@
 	#size-cells = <0>;
 	compatible = "fsl,imx53-ldb";
 	gpr = <&gpr>;
-	clocks = <&clks 122>, <&clks 120>,
-		 <&clks 115>, <&clks 116>,
-		 <&clks 123>, <&clks 85>;
+	clocks = <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI0_SEL>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI1_SEL>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_IPU_DI0_SEL>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_IPU_DI1_SEL>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI0_GATE>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_LDB_DI1_GATE>;
 	clock-names = "di0_pll", "di1_pll",
 		      "di0_sel", "di1_sel",
 		      "di0", "di1";
 
+	/* Using an of-graph endpoint link to connect the panel */
 	lvds-channel@0 {
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
 		reg = <0>;
-		fsl,data-mapping = "spwg";
-		fsl,data-width = <24>;
-
-		display-timings {
-			/* ... */
-		};
 
 		port@0 {
 			reg = <0>;
@@ -98,8 +103,17 @@
 				remote-endpoint = <&ipu_di0_lvds0>;
 			};
 		};
+
+		port@2 {
+			reg = <2>;
+
+			lvds0_out: endpoint {
+				remote-endpoint = <&panel_in>;
+			};
+		};
 	};
 
+	/* Using display-timings and fsl,data-mapping/width instead */
 	lvds-channel@1 {
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
@@ -120,3 +134,13 @@
 		};
 	};
 };
+
+panel: lvds-panel {
+	/* ... */
+
+	port {
+		panel_in: endpoint {
+			remote-endpoint = <&lvds0_out>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af0b903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/extcon/extcon-usb-gpio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+USB GPIO Extcon device
+
+This is a virtual device used to generate USB cable states from the USB ID pin
+connected to a GPIO pin.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "linux,extcon-usb-gpio"
+- id-gpio: gpio for USB ID pin. See gpio binding.
+
+Example: Examples of extcon-usb-gpio node in dra7-evm.dts as listed below:
+	extcon_usb1 {
+		compatible = "linux,extcon-usb-gpio";
+		id-gpio = <&gpio6 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+	}
+
+	&omap_dwc3_1 {
+		extcon = <&extcon_usb1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-bcm-kona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,kona-gpio.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-bcm-kona.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/brcm,kona-gpio.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12f5014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-altera.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Altera GPIO controller bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+  - "altr,pio-1.0"
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+- #gpio-cells : Should be 2
+  - The first cell is the gpio offset number.
+  - The second cell is reserved and is currently unused.
+- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller.
+- interrupt-controller: Mark the device node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells : Should be 1. The interrupt type is fixed in the hardware.
+  - The first cell is the GPIO offset number within the GPIO controller.
+- interrupts: Specify the interrupt.
+- altr,interrupt-trigger: Specifies the interrupt trigger type the GPIO
+  hardware is synthesized. This field is required if the Altera GPIO controller
+  used has IRQ enabled as the interrupt type is not software controlled,
+  but hardware synthesized. Required if GPIO is used as an interrupt
+  controller. The value is defined in <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+  Only the following flags are supported:
+    IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING
+    IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING
+    IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH
+    IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+
+Optional properties:
+- altr,ngpio: Width of the GPIO bank. This defines how many pins the
+  GPIO device has. Ranges between 1-32. Optional and defaults to 32 if not
+  specified.
+
+Example:
+
+gpio_altr: gpio@0xff200000 {
+	compatible = "altr,pio-1.0";
+	reg = <0xff200000 0x10>;
+	interrupts = <0 45 4>;
+	altr,ngpio = <32>;
+	altr,interrupt-trigger = <IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+	#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	gpio-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
index f7a158d..5788d5c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
@@ -116,6 +116,29 @@
 property, and a #gpio-cells integer property, which indicates the number of
 cells in a gpio-specifier.
 
+The GPIO chip may contain GPIO hog definitions. GPIO hogging is a mechanism
+providing automatic GPIO request and configuration as part of the
+gpio-controller's driver probe function.
+
+Each GPIO hog definition is represented as a child node of the GPIO controller.
+Required properties:
+- gpio-hog:   A property specifying that this child node represent a GPIO hog.
+- gpios:      Store the GPIO information (id, flags, ...). Shall contain the
+	      number of cells specified in its parent node (GPIO controller
+	      node).
+Only one of the following properties scanned in the order shown below.
+This means that when multiple properties are present they will be searched
+in the order presented below and the first match is taken as the intended
+configuration.
+- input:      A property specifying to set the GPIO direction as input.
+- output-low  A property specifying to set the GPIO direction as output with
+	      the value low.
+- output-high A property specifying to set the GPIO direction as output with
+	      the value high.
+
+Optional properties:
+- line-name:  The GPIO label name. If not present the node name is used.
+
 Example of two SOC GPIO banks defined as gpio-controller nodes:
 
 	qe_pio_a: gpio-controller@1400 {
@@ -123,6 +146,13 @@
 		reg = <0x1400 0x18>;
 		gpio-controller;
 		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+
+		line_b {
+			gpio-hog;
+			gpios = <6 0>;
+			output-low;
+			line-name = "foo-bar-gpio";
+		};
 	};
 
 	qe_pio_e: gpio-controller@1460 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt
index 67a2e4e..98d1983 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
   gpio_mux.
 - interrupt-names : Should be the names of irq resources. Each interrupt
   uses its own interrupt name, so there should be as many interrupt names
-  as referenced interrups.
+  as referenced interrupts.
 - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
 - #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
   interrupt source.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-bcm-kona.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,kona-i2c.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-bcm-kona.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,kona-i2c.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
index 003bd77..ad0c4ac 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@
 nxp,pca9557		8-bit I2C-bus and SMBus I/O port with reset
 nxp,pcf8563		Real-time clock/calendar
 nxp,pcf85063		Tiny Real-Time Clock
+oki,ml86v7667		OKI ML86V7667 video decoder
 ovti,ov5642		OV5642: Color CMOS QSXGA (5-megapixel) Image Sensor with OmniBSI and Embedded TrueFocus
 pericom,pt7c4338	Real-time Clock Module
 plx,pex8648		48-Lane, 12-Port PCI Express Gen 2 (5.0 GT/s) Switch
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f48aad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Broadcom BCM3380-style Level 1 / Level 2 interrupt controller
+
+This interrupt controller shows up in various forms on many BCM338x/BCM63xx
+chipsets.  It has the following properties:
+
+- outputs a single interrupt signal to its interrupt controller parent
+
+- contains one or more enable/status word pairs, which often appear at
+  different offsets in different blocks
+
+- no atomic set/clear operations
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc"
+- reg: specifies one or more enable/status pairs, in the following format:
+  <enable_reg 0x4 status_reg 0x4>...
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt
+  source, should be 1.
+- interrupt-parent: specifies the phandle to the parent interrupt controller
+  this one is cascaded from
+- interrupts: specifies the interrupt line in the interrupt-parent controller
+  node, valid values depend on the type of parent interrupt controller
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- brcm,irq-can-wake: if present, this means the L2 controller can be used as a
+  wakeup source for system suspend/resume.
+
+Example:
+
+irq0_intc: interrupt-controller@10000020 {
+	compatible = "brcm,bcm3380-l2-intc";
+	reg = <0x10000024 0x4 0x1000002c 0x4>,
+	      <0x10000020 0x4 0x10000028 0x4>;
+	interrupt-controller;
+	#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>;
+	interrupts = <2>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc217b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+Broadcom BCM7038-style Level 1 interrupt controller
+
+This block is a first level interrupt controller that is typically connected
+directly to one of the HW INT lines on each CPU.  Every BCM7xxx set-top chip
+since BCM7038 has contained this hardware.
+
+Key elements of the hardware design include:
+
+- 64, 96, 128, or 160 incoming level IRQ lines
+
+- Most onchip peripherals are wired directly to an L1 input
+
+- A separate instance of the register set for each CPU, allowing individual
+  peripheral IRQs to be routed to any CPU
+
+- Atomic mask/unmask operations
+
+- No polarity/level/edge settings
+
+- No FIFO or priority encoder logic; software is expected to read all
+  2-5 status words to determine which IRQs are pending
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc"
+- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers;
+  the number of supported IRQs is inferred from the size argument
+- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt
+  source, should be 1.
+- interrupt-parent: specifies the phandle to the parent interrupt controller(s)
+  this one is cascaded from
+- interrupts: specifies the interrupt line(s) in the interrupt-parent controller
+  node; valid values depend on the type of parent interrupt controller
+
+If multiple reg ranges and interrupt-parent entries are present on an SMP
+system, the driver will allow IRQ SMP affinity to be set up through the
+/proc/irq/ interface.  In the simplest possible configuration, only one
+reg range and one interrupt-parent is needed.
+
+Example:
+
+periph_intc: periph_intc@1041a400 {
+        compatible = "brcm,bcm7038-l1-intc";
+        reg = <0x1041a400 0x30 0x1041a600 0x30>;
+
+        interrupt-controller;
+        #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+
+        interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>;
+        interrupts = <2>, <3>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt
index bae1f21..44a9bb1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc.txt
@@ -13,8 +13,7 @@
   or if they will output an interrupt signal at this 2nd level interrupt
   controller, in particular for UARTs
 
-- typically has one 32-bit enable word and one 32-bit status word, but on
-  some hardware may have more than one enable/status pair
+- has one 32-bit enable word and one 32-bit status word
 
 - no atomic set/clear operations
 
@@ -53,9 +52,7 @@
 Required properties:
 
 - compatible: should be "brcm,bcm7120-l2-intc"
-- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers;
-  multiple pairs may be specified, with the first pair handling IRQ offsets
-  0..31 and the second pair handling 32..63
+- reg: specifies the base physical address and size of the registers
 - interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller
 - #interrupt-cells: specifies the number of cells needed to encode an interrupt
   source, should be 1.
@@ -66,10 +63,7 @@
 - brcm,int-map-mask: 32-bits bit mask describing how many and which interrupts
   are wired to this 2nd level interrupt controller, and how they match their
   respective interrupt parents. Should match exactly the number of interrupts
-  specified in the 'interrupts' property, multiplied by the number of
-  enable/status register pairs implemented by this controller.  For
-  multiple parent IRQs with multiple enable/status words, this looks like:
-  <irq0_w0 irq0_w1 irq1_w0 irq1_w1 ...>
+  specified in the 'interrupts' property.
 
 Optional properties:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4de980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-mx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+* Xtensa Interrupt Distributor and Programmable Interrupt Controller (MX)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "cdns,xtensa-mx".
+
+Remaining properties have exact same meaning as in Xtensa PIC
+(see cdns,xtensa-pic.txt).
+
+Examples:
+	pic: pic {
+		compatible = "cdns,xtensa-mx";
+		/* one cell: internal irq number,
+		 * two cells: second cell == 0: internal irq number
+		 *            second cell == 1: external irq number
+		 */
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..026ef4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cdns,xtensa-pic.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+* Xtensa built-in Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC)
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "cdns,xtensa-pic".
+- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts.
+  It may be either 1 or 2.
+  When it's 1, the first cell is the internal IRQ number.
+  When it's 2, the first cell is the IRQ number, and the second cell
+  specifies whether it's internal (0) or external (1).
+  Periferals are usually connected to a fixed external IRQ, but for different
+  core variants it may be mapped to different internal IRQ.
+  IRQ sensitivity and priority are fixed for each core variant and may not be
+  changed at runtime.
+
+Examples:
+	pic: pic {
+		compatible = "cdns,xtensa-pic";
+		/* one cell: internal irq number,
+		 * two cells: second cell == 0: internal irq number
+		 *            second cell == 1: external irq number
+		 */
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt
index 5a65478..aae4c38 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mips-gic.txt
@@ -27,8 +27,13 @@
 Required properties for timer sub-node:
 - compatible : Should be "mti,gic-timer".
 - interrupts : Interrupt for the GIC local timer.
+
+Optional properties for timer sub-node:
+- clocks : GIC timer operating clock.
 - clock-frequency : Clock frequency at which the GIC timers operate.
 
+Note that one of clocks or clock-frequency must be specified.
+
 Example:
 
 	gic: interrupt-controller@1bdc0000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4971f03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/arm-mhu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+ARM MHU Mailbox Driver
+======================
+
+The ARM's Message-Handling-Unit (MHU) is a mailbox controller that has
+3 independent channels/links to communicate with remote processor(s).
+ MHU links are hardwired on a platform. A link raises interrupt for any
+received data. However, there is no specified way of knowing if the sent
+data has been read by the remote. This driver assumes the sender polls
+STAT register and the remote clears it after having read the data.
+The last channel is specified to be a 'Secure' resource, hence can't be
+used by Linux running NS.
+
+Mailbox Device Node:
+====================
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+- compatible:		Shall be "arm,mhu" & "arm,primecell"
+- reg:			Contains the mailbox register address range (base
+			address and length)
+- #mbox-cells		Shall be 1 - the index of the channel needed.
+- interrupts:		Contains the interrupt information corresponding to
+			each of the 3 links of MHU.
+
+Example:
+--------
+
+	mhu: mailbox@2b1f0000 {
+		#mbox-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "arm,mhu", "arm,primecell";
+		reg = <0 0x2b1f0000 0x1000>;
+		interrupts = <0 36 4>, /* LP-NonSecure */
+			     <0 35 4>, /* HP-NonSecure */
+			     <0 37 4>; /* Secure */
+		clocks = <&clock 0 2 1>;
+		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+	};
+
+	mhu_client: scb@2e000000 {
+		compatible = "fujitsu,mb86s70-scb-1.0";
+		reg = <0 0x2e000000 0x4000>;
+		mboxes = <&mhu 1>; /* HP-NonSecure */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt
index bf52ed4..4ef4563 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 - compatible	: should be one of:
 		  "samsung,s5pv210-jpeg", "samsung,exynos4210-jpeg",
-		  "samsung,exynos3250-jpeg";
+		  "samsung,exynos3250-jpeg", "samsung,exynos5420-jpeg";
 - reg		: address and length of the JPEG codec IP register set;
 - interrupts	: specifies the JPEG codec IP interrupt;
 - clock-names   : should contain:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2025653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/mt9v032.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+* Aptina 1/3-Inch WVGA CMOS Digital Image Sensor
+
+The Aptina MT9V032 is a 1/3-inch CMOS active pixel digital image sensor with
+an active array size of 752H x 480V. It is programmable through a simple
+two-wire serial interface.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: value should be either one among the following
+	(a) "aptina,mt9v022" for MT9V022 color sensor
+	(b) "aptina,mt9v022m" for MT9V022 monochrome sensor
+	(c) "aptina,mt9v024" for MT9V024 color sensor
+	(d) "aptina,mt9v024m" for MT9V024 monochrome sensor
+	(e) "aptina,mt9v032" for MT9V032 color sensor
+	(f) "aptina,mt9v032m" for MT9V032 monochrome sensor
+	(g) "aptina,mt9v034" for MT9V034 color sensor
+	(h) "aptina,mt9v034m" for MT9V034 monochrome sensor
+
+Optional Properties:
+
+- link-frequencies: List of allowed link frequencies in Hz. Each frequency is
+	expressed as a 64-bit big-endian integer.
+
+For further reading on port node refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	mt9v032@5c {
+		compatible = "aptina,mt9v032";
+		reg = <0x5c>;
+
+		port {
+			mt9v032_out: endpoint {
+				link-frequencies = /bits/ 64
+					<13000000 26600000 27000000>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c429b5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2640.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+* Omnivision OV2640 CMOS sensor
+
+The Omnivision OV2640 sensor support multiple resolutions output, such as
+CIF, SVGA, UXGA. It also can support YUV422/420, RGB565/555 or raw RGB
+output format.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: should be "ovti,ov2640"
+- clocks: reference to the xvclk input clock.
+- clock-names: should be "xvclk".
+
+Optional Properties:
+- resetb-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the resetb pin, if any.
+- pwdn-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the pwdn pin, if any.
+
+The device node must contain one 'port' child node for its digital output
+video port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c1: i2c@f0018000 {
+		ov2640: camera@0x30 {
+			compatible = "ovti,ov2640";
+			reg = <0x30>;
+
+			pinctrl-names = "default";
+			pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_pck1 &pinctrl_ov2640_pwdn &pinctrl_ov2640_resetb>;
+
+			resetb-gpios = <&pioE 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+			pwdn-gpios = <&pioE 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+
+			clocks = <&pck1>;
+			clock-names = "xvclk";
+
+			assigned-clocks = <&pck1>;
+			assigned-clock-rates = <25000000>;
+
+			port {
+				ov2640_0: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&isi_0>;
+					bus-width = <8>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cabc7d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/ov2659.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+* OV2659 1/5-Inch 2Mp SOC Camera
+
+The Omnivision OV2659 is a 1/5-inch SOC camera, with an active array size of
+1632H x 1212V. It is programmable through a SCCB. The OV2659 sensor supports
+multiple resolutions output, such as UXGA, SVGA, 720p. It also can support
+YUV422, RGB565/555 or raw RGB output formats.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: Must be "ovti,ov2659"
+- reg: I2C slave address
+- clocks: reference to the xvclk input clock.
+- clock-names: should be "xvclk".
+- link-frequencies: target pixel clock frequency.
+
+For further reading on port node refer to
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	i2c0@1c22000 {
+		...
+		...
+		 ov2659@30 {
+			compatible = "ovti,ov2659";
+			reg = <0x30>;
+
+			clocks = <&clk_ov2659 0>;
+			clock-names = "xvclk";
+
+			port {
+				ov2659_0: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&vpfe_ep>;
+					link-frequencies = /bits/ 64 <70000000>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac23de8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/ti,omap3isp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+OMAP 3 ISP Device Tree bindings
+===============================
+
+The DT definitions can be found in include/dt-bindings/media/omap3-isp.h.
+
+Required properties
+===================
+
+compatible	: must contain "ti,omap3-isp"
+
+reg		: the two registers sets (physical address and length) for the
+		  ISP. The first set contains the core ISP registers up to
+		  the end of the SBL block. The second set contains the
+		  CSI PHYs and receivers registers.
+interrupts	: the ISP interrupt specifier
+iommus		: phandle and IOMMU specifier for the IOMMU that serves the ISP
+syscon		: the phandle and register offset to the Complex I/O or CSI-PHY
+		  register
+ti,phy-type	: 0 -- OMAP3ISP_PHY_TYPE_COMPLEX_IO (e.g. 3430)
+		  1 -- OMAP3ISP_PHY_TYPE_CSIPHY (e.g. 3630)
+#clock-cells	: Must be 1 --- the ISP provides two external clocks,
+		  cam_xclka and cam_xclkb, at indices 0 and 1,
+		  respectively. Please find more information on common
+		  clock bindings in ../clock/clock-bindings.txt.
+
+Port nodes (optional)
+---------------------
+
+More documentation on these bindings is available in
+video-interfaces.txt in the same directory.
+
+reg		: The interface:
+		  0 - parallel (CCDC)
+		  1 - CSIPHY1 -- CSI2C / CCP2B on 3630;
+		      CSI1 -- CSIb on 3430
+		  2 - CSIPHY2 -- CSI2A / CCP2B on 3630;
+		      CSI2 -- CSIa on 3430
+
+Optional properties
+===================
+
+vdd-csiphy1-supply : voltage supply of the CSI-2 PHY 1
+vdd-csiphy2-supply : voltage supply of the CSI-2 PHY 2
+
+Endpoint nodes
+--------------
+
+lane-polarities	: lane polarity (required on CSI-2)
+		  0 -- not inverted; 1 -- inverted
+data-lanes	: an array of data lanes from 1 to 3. The length can
+		  be either 1 or 2. (required on CSI-2)
+clock-lanes	: the clock lane (from 1 to 3). (required on CSI-2)
+
+
+Example
+=======
+
+		isp@480bc000 {
+			compatible = "ti,omap3-isp";
+			reg = <0x480bc000 0x12fc
+			       0x480bd800 0x0600>;
+			interrupts = <24>;
+			iommus = <&mmu_isp>;
+			syscon = <&scm_conf 0x2f0>;
+			ti,phy-type = <OMAP3ISP_PHY_TYPE_CSIPHY>;
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+			ports {
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+			};
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
index 571b4c6..9cd2a36 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
@@ -106,6 +106,12 @@
 - link-frequencies: Allowed data bus frequencies. For MIPI CSI-2, for
   instance, this is the actual frequency of the bus, not bits per clock per
   lane value. An array of 64-bit unsigned integers.
+- lane-polarities: an array of polarities of the lanes starting from the clock
+  lane and followed by the data lanes in the same order as in data-lanes.
+  Valid values are 0 (normal) and 1 (inverted). The length of the array
+  should be the combined length of data-lanes and clock-lanes properties.
+  If the lane-polarities property is omitted, the value must be interpreted
+  as 0 (normal). This property is valid for serial busses only.
 
 
 Example
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbd46fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/video.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+DT bindings for Xilinx video IP cores
+-------------------------------------
+
+Xilinx video IP cores process video streams by acting as video sinks and/or
+sources. They are connected by links through their input and output ports,
+creating a video pipeline.
+
+Each video IP core is represented by an AMBA bus child node in the device
+tree using bindings documented in this directory. Connections between the IP
+cores are represented as defined in ../video-interfaces.txt.
+
+The whole  pipeline is represented by an AMBA bus child node in the device
+tree using bindings documented in ./xlnx,video.txt.
+
+Common properties
+-----------------
+
+The following properties are common to all Xilinx video IP cores.
+
+- xlnx,video-format: This property represents a video format transmitted on an
+  AXI bus between video IP cores, using its VF code as defined in "AXI4-Stream
+  Video IP and System Design Guide" [UG934]. How the format relates to the IP
+  core is decribed in the IP core bindings documentation.
+
+- xlnx,video-width: This property qualifies the video format with the sample
+  width expressed as a number of bits per pixel component. All components must
+  use the same width.
+
+- xlnx,cfa-pattern: When the video format is set to Mono/Sensor, this property
+  describes the sensor's color filter array pattern. Supported values are
+  "bggr", "gbrg", "grbg", "rggb" and "mono". If not specified, the pattern
+  defaults to "mono".
+
+
+[UG934] http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/ip_documentation/axi_videoip/v1_0/ug934_axi_videoIP.pdf
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2aed3b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+Xilinx Video Timing Controller (VTC)
+------------------------------------
+
+The Video Timing Controller is a general purpose video timing generator and
+detector.
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible: Must be "xlnx,v-tc-6.1".
+
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the registers set for the device.
+
+  - clocks: Must contain a clock specifier for the VTC core and timing
+    interfaces clock.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - xlnx,detector: The VTC has a timing detector
+  - xlnx,generator: The VTC has a timing generator
+
+  At least one of the xlnx,detector and xlnx,generator properties must be
+  specified.
+
+
+Example:
+
+	vtc: vtc@43c40000 {
+		compatible = "xlnx,v-tc-6.1";
+		reg = <0x43c40000 0x10000>;
+
+		clocks = <&clkc 15>;
+		xlnx,generator;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9dd86b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,v-tpg.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+Xilinx Video Test Pattern Generator (TPG)
+-----------------------------------------
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must contain at least one of
+
+    "xlnx,v-tpg-5.0" (TPG version 5.0)
+    "xlnx,v-tpg-6.0" (TPG version 6.0)
+
+  TPG versions backward-compatible with previous versions should list all
+  compatible versions in the newer to older order.
+
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers set for the device.
+
+- clocks: Reference to the video core clock.
+
+- xlnx,video-format, xlnx,video-width: Video format and width, as defined in
+  video.txt.
+
+- port: Video port, using the DT bindings defined in ../video-interfaces.txt.
+  The TPG has a single output port numbered 0.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- xlnx,vtc: A phandle referencing the Video Timing Controller that generates
+  video timings for the TPG test patterns.
+
+- timing-gpios: Specifier for a GPIO that controls the timing mux at the TPG
+  input. The GPIO active level corresponds to the selection of VTC-generated
+  video timings.
+
+The xlnx,vtc and timing-gpios properties are mandatory when the TPG is
+synthesized with two ports and forbidden when synthesized with one port.
+
+Example:
+
+	tpg_0: tpg@40050000 {
+		compatible = "xlnx,v-tpg-6.0", "xlnx,v-tpg-5.0";
+		reg = <0x40050000 0x10000>;
+		clocks = <&clkc 15>;
+
+		xlnx,vtc = <&vtc_3>;
+		timing-gpios = <&ps7_gpio_0 55 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+
+		ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+
+				xlnx,video-format = <XVIP_VF_YUV_422>;
+				xlnx,video-width = <8>;
+
+				tpg_in: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&adv7611_out>;
+				};
+			};
+			port@1 {
+				reg = <1>;
+
+				xlnx,video-format = <XVIP_VF_YUV_422>;
+				xlnx,video-width = <8>;
+
+				tpg1_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&switch_in0>;
+				};
+			}:
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a02270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/xilinx/xlnx,video.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+Xilinx Video IP Pipeline (VIPP)
+-------------------------------
+
+General concept
+---------------
+
+Xilinx video IP pipeline processes video streams through one or more Xilinx
+video IP cores. Each video IP core is represented as documented in video.txt
+and IP core specific documentation, xlnx,v-*.txt, in this directory. The DT
+node of the VIPP represents as a top level node of the pipeline and defines
+mappings between DMAs and the video IP cores.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be "xlnx,video".
+
+- dmas, dma-names: List of one DMA specifier and identifier string (as defined
+  in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt) per port. Each port
+  requires a DMA channel with the identifier string set to "port" followed by
+  the port index.
+
+- ports: Video port, using the DT bindings defined in ../video-interfaces.txt.
+
+Required port properties:
+
+- direction: should be either "input" or "output" depending on the direction
+  of stream.
+
+Example:
+
+	video_cap {
+		compatible = "xlnx,video";
+		dmas = <&vdma_1 1>, <&vdma_3 1>;
+		dma-names = "port0", "port1";
+
+		ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+				direction = "input";
+				vcap0_in0: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&scaler0_out>;
+				};
+			};
+			port@1 {
+				reg = <1>;
+				direction = "input";
+				vcap0_in1: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&switch_out1>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f936b55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ingenic,jz4780-nemc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+* Ingenic JZ4780 NAND/external memory controller (NEMC)
+
+This file documents the device tree bindings for the NEMC external memory
+controller in Ingenic JZ4780
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be set to one of:
+    "ingenic,jz4780-nemc" (JZ4780)
+- reg: Should specify the NEMC controller registers location and length.
+- clocks: Clock for the NEMC controller.
+- #address-cells: Must be set to 2.
+- #size-cells: Must be set to 1.
+- ranges: A set of ranges for each bank describing the physical memory layout.
+  Each should specify the following 4 integer values:
+
+    <cs number> 0 <physical address of mapping> <size of mapping>
+
+Each child of the NEMC node describes a device connected to the NEMC.
+
+Required child node properties:
+- reg: Should contain at least one register specifier, given in the following
+  format:
+
+    <cs number> <offset> <size>
+
+  Multiple registers can be specified across multiple banks. This is needed,
+  for example, for packaged NAND devices with multiple dies. Such devices
+  should be grouped into a single node.
+
+Optional child node properties:
+- ingenic,nemc-bus-width: Specifies the bus width in bits. Defaults to 8 bits.
+- ingenic,nemc-tAS: Address setup time in nanoseconds.
+- ingenic,nemc-tAH: Address hold time in nanoseconds.
+- ingenic,nemc-tBP: Burst pitch time in nanoseconds.
+- ingenic,nemc-tAW: Access wait time in nanoseconds.
+- ingenic,nemc-tSTRV: Static memory recovery time in nanoseconds.
+
+If a child node references multiple banks in its "reg" property, the same value
+for all optional parameters will be configured for all banks. If any optional
+parameters are omitted, they will be left unchanged from whatever they are
+configured to when the NEMC device is probed (which may be the reset value as
+given in the hardware reference manual, or a value configured by the boot
+loader).
+
+Example (NEMC node with a NAND child device attached at CS1):
+
+nemc: nemc@13410000 {
+	compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-nemc";
+	reg = <0x13410000 0x10000>;
+
+	#address-cells = <2>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+
+	ranges = <1 0 0x1b000000 0x1000000
+		  2 0 0x1a000000 0x1000000
+		  3 0 0x19000000 0x1000000
+		  4 0 0x18000000 0x1000000
+		  5 0 0x17000000 0x1000000
+		  6 0 0x16000000 0x1000000>;
+
+	clocks = <&cgu JZ4780_CLK_NEMC>;
+
+	nand: nand@1 {
+		compatible = "ingenic,jz4780-nand";
+		reg = <1 0 0x1000000>;
+
+		ingenic,nemc-tAS = <10>;
+		ingenic,nemc-tAH = <5>;
+		ingenic,nemc-tBP = <10>;
+		ingenic,nemc-tAW = <15>;
+		ingenic,nemc-tSTRV = <100>;
+
+		...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bcm590xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/brcm,bcm59056.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/bcm590xx.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/brcm,bcm59056.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e90519d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom,tcsr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+QCOM Top Control and Status Register
+
+Qualcomm devices have a set of registers that provide various control and status
+functions for their peripherals.  This node is intended to allow access to these
+registers via syscon.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should contain:
+		"qcom,tcsr-ipq8064", "syscon" for IPQ8064
+		"qcom,tcsr-apq8064", "syscon" for APQ8064
+		"qcom,tcsr-msm8660", "syscon" for MSM8660
+		"qcom,tcsr-msm8960", "syscon" for MSM8960
+		"qcom,tcsr-msm8974", "syscon" for MSM8974
+		"qcom,tcsr-apq8084", "syscon" for APQ8084
+		"qcom,tcsr-msm8916", "syscon" for MSM8916
+- reg: Address range for TCSR registers
+
+Example:
+	tcsr: syscon@1a400000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,tcsr-msm8960", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x1a400000 0x100>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d4e0141d..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bcm3384-intc.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-* Interrupt Controller
-
-Properties:
-- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384-intc"
-
-  Compatibility with BCM3384 and possibly other BCM33xx/BCM63xx SoCs.
-
-- reg: Address/length pairs for each mask/status register set.  Length must
-  be 8.  If multiple register sets are specified, the first set will
-  handle IRQ offsets 0..31, the second set 32..63, and so on.
-
-- interrupt-controller: This is an interrupt controller.
-
-- #interrupt-cells: Must be <1>.  Just a simple IRQ offset; no level/edge
-  or polarity configuration is possible with this controller.
-
-- interrupt-parent: This controller is cascaded from a MIPS CPU HW IRQ, or
-  from another INTC.
-
-- interrupts: The IRQ on the parent controller.
-
-Example:
-	periph_intc: periph_intc@14e00038 {
-		compatible = "brcm,bcm3384-intc";
-
-		/*
-		 * IRQs 0..31:  mask reg 0x14e00038, status reg 0x14e0003c
-		 * IRQs 32..63: mask reg 0x14e00340, status reg 0x14e00344
-		 */
-		reg = <0x14e00038 0x8 0x14e00340 0x8>;
-
-		interrupt-controller;
-		#interrupt-cells = <1>;
-
-		interrupt-parent = <&cpu_intc>;
-		interrupts = <4>;
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bmips.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/brcm,bmips.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/bmips.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/brcm,bmips.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8a139cb3..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/cm-dsl.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-* Broadcom cable/DSL platforms
-
-SoCs:
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384", "brcm,bcm33843"
-
-Boards:
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: "brcm,bcm93384wvg"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bab90c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/soc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+* Broadcom cable/DSL/settop platforms
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "brcm,bcm3384", "brcm,bcm33843"
+              "brcm,bcm3384-viper", "brcm,bcm33843-viper"
+              "brcm,bcm6328", "brcm,bcm6368",
+              "brcm,bcm7125", "brcm,bcm7346", "brcm,bcm7358", "brcm,bcm7360",
+              "brcm,bcm7362", "brcm,bcm7420", "brcm,bcm7425"
+
+The experimental -viper variants are for running Linux on the 3384's
+BMIPS4355 cable modem CPU instead of the BMIPS5000 application processor.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a736d88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/img/pistachio.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+Imagination Pistachio SoC
+=========================
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+ - compatible: Must include "img,pistachio".
+
+CPU nodes:
+----------
+A "cpus" node is required.  Required properties:
+ - #address-cells: Must be 1.
+ - #size-cells: Must be 0.
+A CPU sub-node is also required for at least CPU 0.  Since the topology may
+be probed via CPS, it is not necessary to specify secondary CPUs.  Required
+propertis:
+ - device_type: Must be "cpu".
+ - compatible: Must be "mti,interaptiv".
+ - reg: CPU number.
+ - clocks: Must include the CPU clock.  See ../../clock/clock-bindings.txt for
+   details on clock bindings.
+Example:
+	cpus {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		cpu0: cpu@0 {
+			device_type = "cpu";
+			compatible = "mti,interaptiv";
+			reg = <0>;
+			clocks = <&clk_core CLK_MIPS>;
+		};
+	};
+
+
+Boot protocol:
+--------------
+In accordance with the MIPS UHI specification[1], the bootloader must pass the
+following arguments to the kernel:
+ - $a0: -2.
+ - $a1: KSEG0 address of the flattened device-tree blob.
+
+[1] http://prplfoundation.org/wiki/MIPS_documentation
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/smc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/brcm,kona-smc.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/smc.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/brcm,kona-smc.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt
index 6def86f..2a19bff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/lis302.txt
@@ -46,11 +46,18 @@
 				interrupt 2
  - st,wakeup-{x,y,z}-{lo,hi}:	set wakeup condition on x/y/z axis for
 				upper/lower limit
+ - st,wakeup-threshold:		set wakeup threshold
+ - st,wakeup2-{x,y,z}-{lo,hi}:	set wakeup condition on x/y/z axis for
+				upper/lower limit for second wakeup
+				engine.
+ - st,wakeup2-threshold:	set wakeup threshold for second wakeup
+				engine.
  - st,highpass-cutoff-hz=:	1, 2, 4 or 8 for 1Hz, 2Hz, 4Hz or 8Hz of
 				highpass cut-off frequency
  - st,hipass{1,2}-disable:	disable highpass 1/2.
  - st,default-rate=:		set the default rate
- - st,axis-{x,y,z}=:		set the axis to map to the three coordinates
+ - st,axis-{x,y,z}=:		set the axis to map to the three coordinates.
+				Negative values can be used for inverted axis.
  - st,{min,max}-limit-{x,y,z}	set the min/max limits for x/y/z axis
 				(used by self-test)
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,kona-sdhci.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,kona-sdhci.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt
similarity index 61%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt
index 4611aa8..2bee681 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/m25p80.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.txt
@@ -3,10 +3,13 @@
 Required properties:
 - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes
   representing partitions.
-- compatible : Should be the manufacturer and the name of the chip. Bear in mind
-               the DT binding is not Linux-only, but in case of Linux, see the
-               "spi_nor_ids" table in drivers/mtd/spi-nor/spi-nor.c for the list
-               of supported chips.
+- compatible : May include a device-specific string consisting of the
+               manufacturer and name of the chip. Bear in mind the DT binding
+               is not Linux-only, but in case of Linux, see the "m25p_ids"
+               table in drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c for the list of supported
+               chips.
+               Must also include "jedec,spi-nor" for any SPI NOR flash that can
+               be identified by the JEDEC READ ID opcode (0x9F).
 - reg : Chip-Select number
 - spi-max-frequency : Maximum frequency of the SPI bus the chip can operate at
 
@@ -22,7 +25,7 @@
 	flash: m25p80@0 {
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <1>;
-		compatible = "spansion,m25p80";
+		compatible = "spansion,m25p80", "jedec,spi-nor";
 		reg = <0>;
 		spi-max-frequency = <40000000>;
 		m25p,fast-read;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
index de8b517..4f833e3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  - marvell,nand-enable-arbiter:	Set to enable the bus arbiter
  - marvell,nand-keep-config:	Set to keep the NAND controller config as set
 				by the bootloader
- - num-cs:			Number of chipselect lines to usw
+ - num-cs:			Number of chipselect lines to use
  - nand-on-flash-bbt: 		boolean to enable on flash bbt option if
 				not present false
  - nand-ecc-strength:           number of bits to correct per ECC step
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
index 0273adb..086d6f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 - nand-ecc-mode : one of the supported ECC modes ("hw", "hw_syndrome", "soft",
   "soft_bch" or "none")
 
-see Documentation/devicetree/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings.
+see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings.
 
 
 Examples:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-sf2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-sf2.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcm7445-switch-v4.0.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcmgenet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-bcmgenet.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,systemport.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,systemport.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-mdio-unimac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-mdio-unimac.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
index 3fc3605..41b3f3f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,12 @@
 - phy: the same as "phy-handle" property, not recommended for new bindings.
 - phy-device: the same as "phy-handle" property, not recommended for new
   bindings.
+- rx-fifo-depth: the size of the controller's receive fifo in bytes. This
+  is used for components that can have configurable receive fifo sizes,
+  and is useful for determining certain configuration settings such as
+  flow control thresholds.
+- tx-fifo-depth: the size of the controller's transmit fifo in bytes. This
+  is used for components that can have configurable fifo sizes.
 
 Child nodes of the Ethernet controller are typically the individual PHY devices
 connected via the MDIO bus (sometimes the MDIO bus controller is separate).
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt
index 29aca85..f34fc3c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt
@@ -45,6 +45,8 @@
   If not passed then the system clock will be used and this is fine on some
   platforms.
 - snps,burst_len: The AXI burst lenth value of the AXI BUS MODE register.
+- tx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
+- rx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 
 Examples:
 
@@ -59,6 +61,8 @@
 		phy-mode = "gmii";
 		snps,multicast-filter-bins = <256>;
 		snps,perfect-filter-entries = <128>;
+		rx-fifo-depth = <16384>;
+		tx-fifo-depth = <16384>;
 		clocks = <&clock>;
 		clock-names = "stmmaceth";
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a3d90d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/ti,wlcore.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+TI Wilink 6/7/8 (wl12xx/wl18xx) SDIO devices
+
+This node provides properties for controlling the wilink wireless device. The
+node is expected to be specified as a child node to the SDIO controller that
+connects the device to the system.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be one of the following:
+    * "ti,wl1271"
+    * "ti,wl1273"
+    * "ti,wl1281"
+    * "ti,wl1283"
+    * "ti,wl1801"
+    * "ti,wl1805"
+    * "ti,wl1807"
+    * "ti,wl1831"
+    * "ti,wl1835"
+    * "ti,wl1837"
+ - interrupts : specifies attributes for the out-of-band interrupt.
+
+Optional properties:
+ - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller to which the
+	device interrupts are connected.
+ - ref-clock-frequency : ref clock frequency in Hz
+ - tcxo-clock-frequency : tcxo clock frequency in Hz
+
+Note: the *-clock-frequency properties assume internal clocks. In case of external
+clock, new bindings (for parsing the clock nodes) have to be added.
+
+Example:
+
+&mmc3 {
+	status = "okay";
+	vmmc-supply = <&wlan_en_reg>;
+	bus-width = <4>;
+	cap-power-off-card;
+	keep-power-in-suspend;
+
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	wlcore: wlcore@2 {
+		compatible = "ti,wl1835";
+		reg = <2>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>;
+		interrupts = <19 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83e2cae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Ampire AM-800480R3TMQW-A1H 7.0" WVGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "ampire,am800480r3tmqwa1h"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101ean01.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101ean01.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3590b07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101ean01.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+AU Optronics Corporation 10.1" WSVGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "auo,b101ean01"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,at043tn24.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,at043tn24.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4104226
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,at043tn24.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Innolux AT043TN24 4.3" WQVGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "innolux,at043tn24"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,zj070na-01p.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,zj070na-01p.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..824f87f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/innolux,zj070na-01p.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Innolux Corporation 7.0" WSVGA (1024x600) TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "innolux,zj070na-01p"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ortustech,com43h4m85ulc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ortustech,com43h4m85ulc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de19e93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/ortustech,com43h4m85ulc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+OrtusTech COM43H4M85ULC Blanview 3.7" TFT-LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "ortustech,com43h4m85ulc"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn140at29-301.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn140at29-301.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7f969d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn140at29-301.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Samsung Electronics 14" WXGA (1366x768) TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "samsung,ltn140at29-301"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc1ea9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+Shelly SCA07010-BFN-LNN 7.0" WVGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "shelly,sca07010-bfn-lnn"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,kona-usb2-phy.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/bcm-phy.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,kona-usb2-phy.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65cc034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/fsl,imx-gpc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+Freescale i.MX General Power Controller
+=======================================
+
+The i.MX6Q General Power Control (GPC) block contains DVFS load tracking
+counters and Power Gating Control (PGC) for the CPU and PU (GPU/VPU) power
+domains.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx6q-gpc" or "fsl,imx6sl-gpc"
+- reg: should be register base and length as documented in the
+  datasheet
+- interrupts: Should contain GPC interrupt request 1
+- pu-supply: Link to the LDO regulator powering the PU power domain
+- clocks: Clock phandles to devices in the PU power domain that need
+	  to be enabled during domain power-up for reset propagation.
+- #power-domain-cells: Should be 1, see below:
+
+The gpc node is a power-controller as documented by the generic power domain
+bindings in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt.
+
+Example:
+
+	gpc: gpc@020dc000 {
+		compatible = "fsl,imx6q-gpc";
+		reg = <0x020dc000 0x4000>;
+		interrupts = <0 89 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+			     <0 90 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		pu-supply = <&reg_pu>;
+		clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_GPU3D_CORE>,
+			 <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_GPU3D_SHADER>,
+			 <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_GPU2D_CORE>,
+			 <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_GPU2D_AXI>,
+			 <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_OPENVG_AXI>,
+			 <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_VPU_AXI>;
+		#power-domain-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+
+Specifying power domain for IP modules
+======================================
+
+IP cores belonging to a power domain should contain a 'power-domains' property
+that is a phandle pointing to the gpc device node and a DOMAIN_INDEX specifying
+the power domain the device belongs to.
+
+Example of a device that is part of the PU power domain:
+
+	vpu: vpu@02040000 {
+		reg = <0x02040000 0x3c000>;
+		/* ... */
+		power-domains = <&gpc 1>;
+		/* ... */
+	};
+
+The following DOMAIN_INDEX values are valid for i.MX6Q:
+ARM_DOMAIN     0
+PU_DOMAIN      1
+The following additional DOMAIN_INDEX value is valid for i.MX6SL:
+DISPLAY_DOMAIN 2
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt
index cc3b1f0..beda7d2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/renesas,sysc-rmobile.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 - compatible: Should be "renesas,sysc-<soctype>", "renesas,sysc-rmobile" as
 	      fallback.
 	      Examples with soctypes are:
+		- "renesas,sysc-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile APE6)
 		- "renesas,sysc-r8a7740" (R-Mobile A1)
 		- "renesas,sysc-sh73a0" (SH-Mobile AG5)
 - reg: Two address start and address range blocks for the device:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/bcm-kona-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/brcm,kona-pwm.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/bcm-kona-pwm.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/brcm,kona-pwm.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt
index b50d7a6d..e00c2e9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/imx-pwm.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,17 @@
 Freescale i.MX PWM controller
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: should be "fsl,<soc>-pwm"
+- compatible : should be "fsl,<soc>-pwm" and one of the following
+   compatible strings:
+  - "fsl,imx1-pwm" for PWM compatible with the one integrated on i.MX1
+  - "fsl,imx27-pwm" for PWM compatible with the one integrated on i.MX27
 - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers
 - #pwm-cells: should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of
   the cells format.
+- clocks : Clock specifiers for both ipg and per clocks.
+- clock-names : Clock names should include both "ipg" and "per"
+See the clock consumer binding,
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
 - interrupts: The interrupt for the pwm controller
 
 Example:
@@ -13,5 +20,8 @@
 	#pwm-cells = <2>;
 	compatible = "fsl,imx53-pwm", "fsl,imx27-pwm";
 	reg = <0x53fb4000 0x4000>;
+	clocks = <&clks IMX5_CLK_PWM1_IPG_GATE>,
+		 <&clks IMX5_CLK_PWM1_HF_GATE>;
+	clock-names = "ipg", "per";
 	interrupts = <61>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-resetmgr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm21664-resetmgr.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-resetmgr.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reset/brcm,bcm21664-resetmgr.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be78968
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/abracon,abx80x.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Abracon ABX80X I2C ultra low power RTC/Alarm chip
+
+The Abracon ABX80X family consist of the ab0801, ab0803, ab0804, ab0805, ab1801,
+ab1803, ab1804 and ab1805. The ab0805 is the superset of ab080x and the ab1805
+is the superset of ab180x.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - "compatible": should one of:
+        "abracon,abx80x"
+        "abracon,ab0801"
+        "abracon,ab0803"
+        "abracon,ab0804"
+        "abracon,ab0805"
+        "abracon,ab1801"
+        "abracon,ab1803"
+        "abracon,ab1804"
+        "abracon,ab1805"
+	Using "abracon,abx80x" will enable chip autodetection.
+ - "reg": I2C bus address of the device
+
+Optional properties:
+
+The abx804 and abx805 have a trickle charger that is able to charge the
+connected battery or supercap. Both the following properties have to be defined
+and valid to enable charging:
+
+ - "abracon,tc-diode": should be "standard" (0.6V) or "schottky" (0.3V)
+ - "abracon,tc-resistor": should be <0>, <3>, <6> or <11>. 0 disables the output
+                          resistor, the other values are in ohm.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/digicolor-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/digicolor-rtc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4649860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/digicolor-rtc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Conexant Digicolor Real Time Clock controller
+
+This binding currently supports the CX92755 SoC.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "cnxt,cx92755-rtc"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+  region.
+- interrupts: rtc alarm interrupt
+
+Example:
+
+	rtc@f0000c30 {
+		compatible = "cnxt,cx92755-rtc";
+		reg = <0xf0000c30 0x18>;
+		interrupts = <25>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt
index b800070..fa6a942 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/stmp3xxx-rtc.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,11 @@
   region.
 - interrupts: rtc alarm interrupt
 
+Optional properties:
+- stmp,crystal-freq: override crystal frequency as determined from fuse bits.
+  Only <32000> and <32768> are possible for the hardware.  Use <0> for
+  "no crystal".
+
 Example:
 
 rtc@80056000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
index a6391e7..90787aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/atmel-usart.txt
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 * Atmel Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (USART)
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-usart"
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-usart" or "atmel,<chip>-dbgu"
   The compatible <chip> indicated will be the first SoC to support an
   additional mode or an USART new feature.
+  For the dbgu UART, use "atmel,<chip>-dbgu", "atmel,<chip>-usart"
 - reg: Should contain registers location and length
 - interrupts: Should contain interrupt
 - clock-names: tuple listing input clock names.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm6345-uart.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/bcm63xx-uart.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/brcm,bcm6345-uart.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt
index 342eedd..54c2a15 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/omap_serial.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,27 @@
 - compatible : should be "ti,omap2-uart" for OMAP2 controllers
 - compatible : should be "ti,omap3-uart" for OMAP3 controllers
 - compatible : should be "ti,omap4-uart" for OMAP4 controllers
+- reg : address and length of the register space
+- interrupts or interrupts-extended : Should contain the uart interrupt
+                                      specifier or both the interrupt
+                                      controller phandle and interrupt
+                                      specifier.
 - ti,hwmods : Must be "uart<n>", n being the instance number (1-based)
 
 Optional properties:
 - clock-frequency : frequency of the clock input to the UART
+- dmas : DMA specifier, consisting of a phandle to the DMA controller
+         node and a DMA channel number.
+- dma-names : "rx" for receive channel, "tx" for transmit channel.
+
+Example:
+
+                uart4: serial@49042000 {
+                        compatible = "ti,omap3-uart";
+                        reg = <0x49042000 0x400>;
+                        interrupts = <80>;
+                        dmas = <&sdma 81 &sdma 82>;
+                        dma-names = "tx", "rx";
+                        ti,hwmods = "uart4";
+                        clock-frequency = <48000000>;
+                };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddeb5b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+MediaTek PMIC Wrapper Driver
+
+This document describes the binding for the MediaTek PMIC wrapper.
+
+On MediaTek SoCs the PMIC is connected via SPI. The SPI master interface
+is not directly visible to the CPU, but only through the PMIC wrapper
+inside the SoC. The communication between the SoC and the PMIC can
+optionally be encrypted. Also a non standard Dual IO SPI mode can be
+used to increase speed.
+
+IP Pairing
+
+on MT8135 the pins of some SoC internal peripherals can be on the PMIC.
+The signals of these pins are routed over the SPI bus using the pwrap
+bridge. In the binding description below the properties needed for bridging
+are marked with "IP Pairing". These are optional on SoCs which do not support
+IP Pairing
+
+Required properties in pwrap device node.
+- compatible:
+	"mediatek,mt8135-pwrap" for MT8135 SoCs
+	"mediatek,mt8173-pwrap" for MT8173 SoCs
+- interrupts: IRQ for pwrap in SOC
+- reg-names: Must include the following entries:
+  "pwrap": Main registers base
+  "pwrap-bridge": bridge base (IP Pairing)
+- reg: Must contain an entry for each entry in reg-names.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+  "pwrap"
+  "pwrap-bridge" (IP Pairing)
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+  "spi": SPI bus clock
+  "wrap": Main module clock
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+
+Optional properities:
+- pmic: Mediatek PMIC MFD is the child device of pwrap
+  See the following for child node definitions:
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt
+
+Example:
+	pwrap: pwrap@1000f000 {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mt8135-pwrap";
+		reg = <0 0x1000f000 0 0x1000>,
+			<0 0x11017000 0 0x1000>;
+		reg-names = "pwrap", "pwrap-bridge";
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 128 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		resets = <&infracfg MT8135_INFRA_PMIC_WRAP_RST>,
+				<&pericfg MT8135_PERI_PWRAP_BRIDGE_SW_RST>;
+		reset-names = "pwrap", "pwrap-bridge";
+		clocks = <&clk26m>, <&clk26m>;
+		clock-names = "spi", "wrap";
+
+		pmic {
+			compatible = "mediatek,mt6397";
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt
index 4ce24d4..2f5ede3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/qcom/qcom,gsbi.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,8 @@
 the 4 GSBI IOs.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: must contain "qcom,gsbi-v1.0.0" for APQ8064/IPQ8064
+- compatible:	Should contain "qcom,gsbi-v1.0.0"
+- cell-index:	Should contain the GSBI index
 - reg: Address range for GSBI registers
 - clocks: required clock
 - clock-names: must contain "iface" entry
@@ -16,6 +17,8 @@
 Optional properties:
 - qcom,crci : indicates CRCI MUX value for QUP CRCI ports.  Please reference
   dt-bindings/soc/qcom,gsbi.h for valid CRCI mux values.
+- syscon-tcsr: indicates phandle of TCSR syscon node.  Required if child uses
+  dma.
 
 Required properties if child node exists:
 - #address-cells: Must be 1
@@ -39,6 +42,7 @@
 
 	gsbi4@16300000 {
 		compatible = "qcom,gsbi-v1.0.0";
+		cell-index = <4>;
 		reg = <0x16300000 0x100>;
 		clocks = <&gcc GSBI4_H_CLK>;
 		clock-names = "iface";
@@ -48,22 +52,24 @@
 		qcom,mode = <GSBI_PROT_I2C_UART>;
 		qcom,crci = <GSBI_CRCI_QUP>;
 
+		syscon-tcsr = <&tcsr>;
+
 		/* child nodes go under here */
 
 		i2c_qup4: i2c@16380000 {
-		        compatible = "qcom,i2c-qup-v1.1.1";
-		        reg = <0x16380000 0x1000>;
-		        interrupts = <0 153 0>;
+			compatible = "qcom,i2c-qup-v1.1.1";
+			reg = <0x16380000 0x1000>;
+			interrupts = <0 153 0>;
 
-		        clocks = <&gcc GSBI4_QUP_CLK>, <&gcc GSBI4_H_CLK>;
-		        clock-names = "core", "iface";
+			clocks = <&gcc GSBI4_QUP_CLK>, <&gcc GSBI4_H_CLK>;
+			clock-names = "core", "iface";
 
-		        clock-frequency = <200000>;
+			clock-frequency = <200000>;
 
-		        #address-cells = <1>;
-		        #size-cells = <0>;
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
 
-		 };
+		};
 
 		uart4:	serial@16340000 {
 			compatible = "qcom,msm-uartdm-v1.3", "qcom,msm-uartdm";
@@ -76,3 +82,7 @@
 		};
 	};
 
+	tcsr: syscon@1a400000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,apq8064-tcsr", "syscon";
+		reg = <0x1a400000 0x100>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bcm2835-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/bcm2835-i2s.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/brcm,bcm2835-i2s.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
index 1ab6bc8..f6a715e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-twl4030.txt
@@ -4,9 +4,9 @@
 - compatible: "ti,omap-twl4030"
 - ti,model: Name of the sound card (for example "omap3beagle")
 - ti,mcbsp: phandle for the McBSP node
-- ti,codec: phandle for the twl4030 audio node
 
 Optional properties:
+- ti,codec: phandle for the twl4030 audio node
 - ti,mcbsp-voice: phandle for the McBSP node connected to the voice port of twl
 - ti, jack-det-gpio: Jack detect GPIO
 - ti,audio-routing: List of connections between audio components.
@@ -59,5 +59,4 @@
 	ti,model = "omap3beagle";
 
 	ti,mcbsp = <&mcbsp2>;
-	ti,codec = <&twl_audio>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt
index 715d099..e16b9b5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spmi/qcom,spmi-pmic-arb.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Qualcomm SPMI Controller (PMIC Arbiter)
 
-The SPMI PMIC Arbiter is found on the Snapdragon 800 Series.  It is an SPMI
+The SPMI PMIC Arbiter is found on Snapdragon chipsets.  It is an SPMI
 controller with wrapping arbitration logic to allow for multiple on-chip
 devices to control a single SPMI master.
 
@@ -19,6 +19,10 @@
      "core" - core registers
      "intr" - interrupt controller registers
      "cnfg" - configuration registers
+   Registers used only for V2 PMIC Arbiter:
+     "chnls"  - tx-channel per virtual slave registers.
+     "obsrvr" - rx-channel (called observer) per virtual slave registers.
+
 - reg : address + size pairs describing the PMIC arb register sets; order must
         correspond with the order of entries in reg-names
 - #address-cells : must be set to 2
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,kona-timer.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/brcm,kona-timer.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt
index 8933211..3bf58c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/unittest.txt
@@ -1,60 +1,60 @@
-1) OF selftest platform device
+1) OF unittest platform device
 
-** selftest
+** unittest
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: must be "selftest"
+- compatible: must be "unittest"
 
 All other properties are optional.
 
 Example:
-	selftest {
-		compatible = "selftest";
+	unittest {
+		compatible = "unittest";
 		status = "okay";
 	};
 
-2) OF selftest i2c adapter platform device
+2) OF unittest i2c adapter platform device
 
 ** platform device unittest adapter
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: must be selftest-i2c-bus
+- compatible: must be unittest-i2c-bus
 
-Children nodes contain selftest i2c devices.
+Children nodes contain unittest i2c devices.
 
 Example:
-	selftest-i2c-bus {
-		compatible = "selftest-i2c-bus";
+	unittest-i2c-bus {
+		compatible = "unittest-i2c-bus";
 		status = "okay";
 	};
 
-3) OF selftest i2c device
+3) OF unittest i2c device
 
-** I2C selftest device
+** I2C unittest device
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: must be selftest-i2c-dev
+- compatible: must be unittest-i2c-dev
 
 All other properties are optional
 
 Example:
-	selftest-i2c-dev {
-		compatible = "selftest-i2c-dev";
+	unittest-i2c-dev {
+		compatible = "unittest-i2c-dev";
 		status = "okay";
 	};
 
-4) OF selftest i2c mux device
+4) OF unittest i2c mux device
 
-** I2C selftest mux
+** I2C unittest mux
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: must be selftest-i2c-mux
+- compatible: must be unittest-i2c-mux
 
-Children nodes contain selftest i2c bus nodes per channel.
+Children nodes contain unittest i2c bus nodes per channel.
 
 Example:
-	selftest-i2c-mux {
-		compatible = "selftest-i2c-mux";
+	unittest-i2c-mux {
+		compatible = "unittest-i2c-mux";
 		status = "okay";
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 			#size-cells = <0>;
 			i2c-dev {
 				reg = <8>;
-				compatible = "selftest-i2c-dev";
+				compatible = "unittest-i2c-dev";
 				status = "okay";
 			};
 		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,bcm3384-usb.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mips/brcm/usb.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/brcm,bcm3384-usb.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index b13aa55..8033919 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -11,18 +11,22 @@
 adh	AD Holdings Plc.
 adi	Analog Devices, Inc.
 aeroflexgaisler	Aeroflex Gaisler AB
+al	Annapurna Labs
 allwinner	Allwinner Technology Co., Ltd.
 alphascale	AlphaScale Integrated Circuits Systems, Inc.
 altr	Altera Corp.
 amcc	Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM, formally AMCC)
 amd	Advanced Micro Devices (AMD), Inc.
 amlogic	Amlogic, Inc.
+ampire	Ampire Co., Ltd.
 ams	AMS AG
 amstaos	AMS-Taos Inc.
 apm	Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM)
+aptina	Aptina Imaging
 arasan	Arasan Chip Systems
 arm	ARM Ltd.
 armadeus	ARMadeus Systems SARL
+artesyn	Artesyn Embedded Technologies Inc.
 asahi-kasei	Asahi Kasei Corp.
 atmel	Atmel Corporation
 auo	AU Optronics Corporation
@@ -81,6 +85,7 @@
 gmt	Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc.
 goodix	Shenzhen Huiding Technology Co., Ltd.
 google	Google, Inc.
+grinn	Grinn
 gumstix	Gumstix, Inc.
 gw	Gateworks Corporation
 hannstar	HannStar Display Corporation
@@ -116,6 +121,7 @@
 micrel	Micrel Inc.
 microchip	Microchip Technology Inc.
 micron	Micron Technology Inc.
+minix	MINIX Technology Ltd.
 mitsubishi	Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
 mosaixtech	Mosaix Technologies, Inc.
 moxa	Moxa
@@ -135,6 +141,7 @@
 nxp	NXP Semiconductors
 onnn	ON Semiconductor Corp.
 opencores	OpenCores.org
+ortustech	Ortus Technology Co., Ltd.
 ovti	OmniVision Technologies
 panasonic	Panasonic Corporation
 parade	Parade Technologies Inc.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt
index f059dd0..ecb8da0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/atmel,lcdc.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,9 @@
 	"atmel,at91sam9g45es-lcdc" ,
 	"atmel,at91sam9rl-lcdc" ,
 	"atmel,at32ap-lcdc"
-- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length)
+- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length).
+	Can contain an additional register range(address and length)
+	for fixed framebuffer memory. Useful for dedicated memories.
 - interrupts : framebuffer controller interrupt
 - display: a phandle pointing to the display node
 
@@ -38,6 +40,14 @@
 
 	};
 
+Example for fixed framebuffer memory:
+
+	fb0: fb@0x00500000 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9263-lcdc";
+		reg = <0x00700000 0x1000 0x70000000 0x200000>;
+		[...]
+	};
+
 Atmel LCDC Display
 -----------------------------------------------------
 Required properties (as per of_videomode_helper):
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt
index d5f1a3f..e1ef295 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ti,omap-dss.txt
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
 -----------
 
 The DSS Core and the encoders have video port outputs. The structure of the
-video ports is described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/video-
-ports.txt, and the properties for the ports and endpoints for each encoder are
+video ports is described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt,
+and the properties for the ports and endpoints for each encoder are
 described in the SoC's DSS binding documentation.
 
 The video ports are used to describe the connections to external hardware, like
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,kona-wdt.txt
similarity index 100%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-wdt.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/brcm,kona-wdt.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
index 7768518..e49e423 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
     1) Entry point for arch/arm
     2) Entry point for arch/powerpc
     3) Entry point for arch/x86
+    4) Entry point for arch/mips/bmips
 
   II - The DT block format
     1) Header
@@ -288,6 +289,33 @@
   or initrd address. It simply holds information which can not be retrieved
   otherwise like interrupt routing or a list of devices behind an I2C bus.
 
+4) Entry point for arch/mips/bmips
+----------------------------------
+
+  Some bootloaders only support a single entry point, at the start of the
+  kernel image.  Other bootloaders will jump to the ELF start address.
+  Both schemes are supported; CONFIG_BOOT_RAW=y and CONFIG_NO_EXCEPT_FILL=y,
+  so the first instruction immediately jumps to kernel_entry().
+
+  Similar to the arch/arm case (b), a DT-aware bootloader is expected to
+  set up the following registers:
+
+         a0 : 0
+
+         a1 : 0xffffffff
+
+         a2 : Physical pointer to the device tree block (defined in chapter
+         II) in RAM.  The device tree can be located anywhere in the first
+         512MB of the physical address space (0x00000000 - 0x1fffffff),
+         aligned on a 64 bit boundary.
+
+  Legacy bootloaders do not use this convention, and they do not pass in a
+  DT block.  In this case, Linux will look for a builtin DTB, selected via
+  CONFIG_DT_*.
+
+  This convention is defined for 32-bit systems only, as there are not
+  currently any 64-bit BMIPS implementations.
+
 II - The DT block format
 ========================
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/of_selftest.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/of_unittest.txt
similarity index 90%
rename from Documentation/devicetree/of_selftest.txt
rename to Documentation/devicetree/of_unittest.txt
index 57a808b..3e4e7d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/of_selftest.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/of_unittest.txt
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-Open Firmware Device Tree Selftest
+Open Firmware Device Tree Unittest
 ----------------------------------
 
 Author: Gaurav Minocha <gaurav.minocha.os@gmail.com>
 
 1. Introduction
 
-This document explains how the test data required for executing OF selftest
+This document explains how the test data required for executing OF unittest
 is attached to the live tree dynamically, independent of the machine's
 architecture.
 
@@ -22,31 +22,31 @@
 
 2. Test-data
 
-The Device Tree Source file (drivers/of/testcase-data/testcases.dts) contains
+The Device Tree Source file (drivers/of/unittest-data/testcases.dts) contains
 the test data required for executing the unit tests automated in
-drivers/of/selftests.c. Currently, following Device Tree Source Include files
-(.dtsi) are included in testcase.dts:
+drivers/of/unittest.c. Currently, following Device Tree Source Include files
+(.dtsi) are included in testcases.dts:
 
-drivers/of/testcase-data/tests-interrupts.dtsi
-drivers/of/testcase-data/tests-platform.dtsi
-drivers/of/testcase-data/tests-phandle.dtsi
-drivers/of/testcase-data/tests-match.dtsi
+drivers/of/unittest-data/tests-interrupts.dtsi
+drivers/of/unittest-data/tests-platform.dtsi
+drivers/of/unittest-data/tests-phandle.dtsi
+drivers/of/unittest-data/tests-match.dtsi
 
 When the kernel is build with OF_SELFTEST enabled, then the following make rule
 
 $(obj)/%.dtb: $(src)/%.dts FORCE
 	$(call if_changed_dep, dtc)
 
-is used to compile the DT source file (testcase.dts) into a binary blob
-(testcase.dtb), also referred as flattened DT.
+is used to compile the DT source file (testcases.dts) into a binary blob
+(testcases.dtb), also referred as flattened DT.
 
 After that, using the following rule the binary blob above is wrapped as an
-assembly file (testcase.dtb.S).
+assembly file (testcases.dtb.S).
 
 $(obj)/%.dtb.S: $(obj)/%.dtb
 	$(call cmd, dt_S_dtb)
 
-The assembly file is compiled into an object file (testcase.dtb.o), and is
+The assembly file is compiled into an object file (testcases.dtb.o), and is
 linked into the kernel image.
 
 
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 Figure 1: Generic structure of un-flattened device tree
 
 
-Before executing OF selftest, it is required to attach the test data to
+Before executing OF unittest, it is required to attach the test data to
 machine's device tree (if present). So, when selftest_data_add() is called,
 at first it reads the flattened device tree data linked into the kernel image
 via the following kernel symbols:
diff --git a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt
index bb9753b..480c8de 100644
--- a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt
@@ -49,25 +49,26 @@
    The buffer exporter announces its wish to export a buffer. In this, it
    connects its own private buffer data, provides implementation for operations
    that can be performed on the exported dma_buf, and flags for the file
-   associated with this buffer.
+   associated with this buffer. All these fields are filled in struct
+   dma_buf_export_info, defined via the DEFINE_DMA_BUF_EXPORT_INFO macro.
 
    Interface:
-      struct dma_buf *dma_buf_export_named(void *priv, struct dma_buf_ops *ops,
-				     size_t size, int flags,
-				     const char *exp_name)
+      DEFINE_DMA_BUF_EXPORT_INFO(exp_info)
+      struct dma_buf *dma_buf_export(struct dma_buf_export_info *exp_info)
 
-   If this succeeds, dma_buf_export_named allocates a dma_buf structure, and
+   If this succeeds, dma_buf_export allocates a dma_buf structure, and
    returns a pointer to the same. It also associates an anonymous file with this
    buffer, so it can be exported. On failure to allocate the dma_buf object,
    it returns NULL.
 
-   'exp_name' is the name of exporter - to facilitate information while
-   debugging.
+   'exp_name' in struct dma_buf_export_info is the name of exporter - to
+   facilitate information while debugging. It is set to KBUILD_MODNAME by
+   default, so exporters don't have to provide a specific name, if they don't
+   wish to.
 
-   Exporting modules which do not wish to provide any specific name may use the
-   helper define 'dma_buf_export()', with the same arguments as above, but
-   without the last argument; a KBUILD_MODNAME pre-processor directive will be
-   inserted in place of 'exp_name' instead.
+   DEFINE_DMA_BUF_EXPORT_INFO macro defines the struct dma_buf_export_info,
+   zeroes it out and pre-populates exp_name in it.
+
 
 2. Userspace gets a handle to pass around to potential buffer-users
 
diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
index e1e2bbd..831a536 100644
--- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
+++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt
@@ -276,6 +276,7 @@
   devm_ioport_unmap()
   devm_ioremap()
   devm_ioremap_nocache()
+  devm_ioremap_wc()
   devm_ioremap_resource() : checks resource, requests memory region, ioremaps
   devm_iounmap()
   pcim_iomap()
diff --git a/Documentation/email-clients.txt b/Documentation/email-clients.txt
index eede608..c7d49b8 100644
--- a/Documentation/email-clients.txt
+++ b/Documentation/email-clients.txt
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 Thunderbird is an Outlook clone that likes to mangle text, but there are ways
 to coerce it into behaving.
 
-- Allows use of an external editor:
+- Allow use of an external editor:
   The easiest thing to do with Thunderbird and patches is to use an
   "external editor" extension and then just use your favorite $EDITOR
   for reading/merging patches into the body text.  To do this, download
@@ -219,6 +219,15 @@
   View->Toolbars->Customize... and finally just click on it when in the
   Compose dialog.
 
+  Please note that "external editor" requires that your editor must not
+  fork, or in other words, the editor must not return before closing. 
+  You may have to pass additional flags or change the settings of your
+  editor. Most notably if you are using gvim then you must pass the -f
+  option to gvim by putting "/usr/bin/gvim -f" (if the binary is in
+  /usr/bin) to the text editor field in "external editor" settings. If you
+  are using some other editor then please read its manual to find out how
+  to do this.
+
 To beat some sense out of the internal editor, do this:
 
 - Edit your Thunderbird config settings so that it won't use format=flowed.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
index 7c3f187d..0a926e2 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
 	void (*invalidatepage) (struct page *, unsigned int, unsigned int);
 	int (*releasepage) (struct page *, int);
 	void (*freepage)(struct page *);
-	int (*direct_IO)(int, struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset);
+	int (*direct_IO)(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset);
 	int (*migratepage)(struct address_space *, struct page *, struct page *);
 	int (*launder_page)(struct page *);
 	int (*is_partially_uptodate)(struct page *, unsigned long, unsigned long);
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
index dac11d7..e9e750e 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
@@ -140,6 +140,12 @@
 fastboot               This option is used when a system wants to reduce mount
                        time as much as possible, even though normal performance
 		       can be sacrificed.
+extent_cache           Enable an extent cache based on rb-tree, it can cache
+                       as many as extent which map between contiguous logical
+                       address and physical address per inode, resulting in
+                       increasing the cache hit ratio.
+noinline_data          Disable the inline data feature, inline data feature is
+                       enabled by default.
 
 ================================================================================
 DEBUGFS ENTRIES
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt
index 7240438..95c13aa 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt
@@ -187,8 +187,10 @@
     To further test the InfiniBand software stack, use IPoIB (this
     assumes you have two IB hosts named host1 and host2):
 
-    host1$ ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.x
-    host2$ ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.y
+    host1$ ip link set dev ib0 up
+    host1$ ip address add dev ib0 a.b.c.x
+    host2$ ip link set dev ib0 up
+    host2$ ip address add dev ib0 a.b.c.y
     host1$ ping a.b.c.y
     host2$ ping a.b.c.x
 
@@ -229,7 +231,8 @@
 
     $ modprobe ib_mthca
     $ modprobe ib_ipoib
-    $ ifconfig ib0 a.b.c.d
+    $ ip li set dev ib0 up
+    $ ip addr add dev ib0 a.b.c.d
 
     NOTE: use unique addresses for the client and server
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
index a07ba61..c3b6b30 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@
 explained in Table 1-4.
 
 (for SMP CONFIG users)
-For making accounting scalable, RSS related information are handled in
-asynchronous manner and the vaule may not be very precise. To see a precise
+For making accounting scalable, RSS related information are handled in an
+asynchronous manner and the value may not be very precise. To see a precise
 snapshot of a moment, you can see /proc/<pid>/smaps file and scan page table.
 It's slow but very precise.
 
-Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 2.6.30-rc7)
+Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 3.20.0)
 ..............................................................................
  Field                       Content
  Name                        filename of the executable
@@ -213,6 +213,7 @@
                              in an uninterruptible wait, Z is zombie,
 			     T is traced or stopped)
  Tgid                        thread group ID
+ Ngid                        NUMA group ID (0 if none)
  Pid                         process id
  PPid                        process id of the parent process
  TracerPid                   PID of process tracing this process (0 if not)
@@ -220,6 +221,10 @@
  Gid                         Real, effective, saved set, and  file system GIDs
  FDSize                      number of file descriptor slots currently allocated
  Groups                      supplementary group list
+ NStgid                      descendant namespace thread group ID hierarchy
+ NSpid                       descendant namespace process ID hierarchy
+ NSpgid                      descendant namespace process group ID hierarchy
+ NSsid                       descendant namespace session ID hierarchy
  VmPeak                      peak virtual memory size
  VmSize                      total program size
  VmLck                       locked memory size
@@ -1255,9 +1260,9 @@
 since the system first booted.  For a quick look, simply cat the file:
 
   > cat /proc/stat
-  cpu  2255 34 2290 22625563 6290 127 456 0 0
-  cpu0 1132 34 1441 11311718 3675 127 438 0 0
-  cpu1 1123 0 849 11313845 2614 0 18 0 0
+  cpu  2255 34 2290 22625563 6290 127 456 0 0 0
+  cpu0 1132 34 1441 11311718 3675 127 438 0 0 0
+  cpu1 1123 0 849 11313845 2614 0 18 0 0 0
   intr 114930548 113199788 3 0 5 263 0 4 [... lots more numbers ...]
   ctxt 1990473
   btime 1062191376
@@ -1704,6 +1709,10 @@
 	flags:	0100002
 	mnt_id:	19
 
+All locks associated with a file descriptor are shown in its fdinfo too.
+
+lock:       1: FLOCK  ADVISORY  WRITE 359 00:13:11691 0 EOF
+
 The files such as eventfd, fsnotify, signalfd, epoll among the regular pos/flags
 pair provide additional information particular to the objects they represent.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
index 207cdca..5d833b3 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@
 	void (*invalidatepage) (struct page *, unsigned int, unsigned int);
 	int (*releasepage) (struct page *, int);
 	void (*freepage)(struct page *);
-	ssize_t (*direct_IO)(int, struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset);
+	ssize_t (*direct_IO)(struct kiocb *, struct iov_iter *iter, loff_t offset);
 	/* migrate the contents of a page to the specified target */
 	int (*migratepage) (struct page *, struct page *);
 	int (*launder_page) (struct page *);
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
index 0bfafe1..5a5a055 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/xfs.txt
@@ -228,30 +228,19 @@
 Deprecated Mount Options
 ========================
 
-  delaylog/nodelaylog
-	Delayed logging is the only logging method that XFS supports
-	now, so these mount options are now ignored.
+None at present.
 
-	Due for removal in 3.12.
 
-  ihashsize=value
-	In memory inode hashes have been removed, so this option has
-	no function as of August 2007. Option is deprecated.
+Removed Mount Options
+=====================
 
-	Due for removal in 3.12.
+  Name				Removed
+  ----				-------
+  delaylog/nodelaylog		v3.20
+  ihashsize			v3.20
+  irixsgid			v3.20
+  osyncisdsync/osyncisosync	v3.20
 
-  irixsgid
-	This behaviour is now controlled by a sysctl, so the mount
-	option is ignored.
-
-	Due for removal in 3.12.
-
-  osyncisdsync
-  osyncisosync
-	O_SYNC and O_DSYNC are fully supported, so there is no need
-	for these options any more.
-
-	Due for removal in 3.12.
 
 sysctls
 =======
diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt
index 8b35f51..b80606d 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpio/board.txt
+++ b/Documentation/gpio/board.txt
@@ -50,10 +50,43 @@
 
 ACPI
 ----
-ACPI does not support function names for GPIOs. Therefore, only the "idx"
-argument of gpiod_get_index() is useful to discriminate between GPIOs assigned
-to a device. The "con_id" argument can still be set for debugging purposes (it
-will appear under error messages as well as debug and sysfs nodes).
+ACPI also supports function names for GPIOs in a similar fashion to DT.
+The above DT example can be converted to an equivalent ACPI description
+with the help of _DSD (Device Specific Data), introduced in ACPI 5.1:
+
+	Device (FOO) {
+		Name (_CRS, ResourceTemplate () {
+			GpioIo (Exclusive, ..., IoRestrictionOutputOnly,
+				"\\_SB.GPI0") {15} // red
+			GpioIo (Exclusive, ..., IoRestrictionOutputOnly,
+				"\\_SB.GPI0") {16} // green
+			GpioIo (Exclusive, ..., IoRestrictionOutputOnly,
+				"\\_SB.GPI0") {17} // blue
+			GpioIo (Exclusive, ..., IoRestrictionOutputOnly,
+				"\\_SB.GPI0") {1} // power
+		})
+
+		Name (_DSD, Package () {
+			ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+			Package () {
+				Package () {
+					"led-gpios",
+					Package () {
+						^FOO, 0, 0, 1,
+						^FOO, 1, 0, 1,
+						^FOO, 2, 0, 1,
+					}
+				},
+				Package () {
+					"power-gpios",
+					Package () {^FOO, 3, 0, 0},
+				},
+			}
+		})
+	}
+
+For more information about the ACPI GPIO bindings see
+Documentation/acpi/gpio-properties.txt.
 
 Platform Data
 -------------
diff --git a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
index d85fbae..c21c131 100644
--- a/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/gpio/consumer.txt
@@ -58,7 +58,6 @@
 gpiod_get_index_optional() functions can be used. These functions return NULL
 instead of -ENOENT if no GPIO has been assigned to the requested function:
 
-
 	struct gpio_desc *gpiod_get_optional(struct device *dev,
 					     const char *con_id,
 					     enum gpiod_flags flags)
@@ -68,6 +67,27 @@
 						   unsigned int index,
 						   enum gpiod_flags flags)
 
+For a function using multiple GPIOs all of those can be obtained with one call:
+
+	struct gpio_descs *gpiod_get_array(struct device *dev,
+					   const char *con_id,
+					   enum gpiod_flags flags)
+
+This function returns a struct gpio_descs which contains an array of
+descriptors:
+
+	struct gpio_descs {
+		unsigned int ndescs;
+		struct gpio_desc *desc[];
+	}
+
+The following function returns NULL instead of -ENOENT if no GPIOs have been
+assigned to the requested function:
+
+	struct gpio_descs *gpiod_get_array_optional(struct device *dev,
+						    const char *con_id,
+						    enum gpiod_flags flags)
+
 Device-managed variants of these functions are also defined:
 
 	struct gpio_desc *devm_gpiod_get(struct device *dev, const char *con_id,
@@ -82,20 +102,37 @@
 						  const char *con_id,
 						  enum gpiod_flags flags)
 
-	struct gpio_desc * devm_gpiod_get_index_optional(struct device *dev,
+	struct gpio_desc *devm_gpiod_get_index_optional(struct device *dev,
 							const char *con_id,
 							unsigned int index,
 							enum gpiod_flags flags)
 
+	struct gpio_descs *devm_gpiod_get_array(struct device *dev,
+						const char *con_id,
+						enum gpiod_flags flags)
+
+	struct gpio_descs *devm_gpiod_get_array_optional(struct device *dev,
+							 const char *con_id,
+							 enum gpiod_flags flags)
+
 A GPIO descriptor can be disposed of using the gpiod_put() function:
 
 	void gpiod_put(struct gpio_desc *desc)
 
-It is strictly forbidden to use a descriptor after calling this function. The
-device-managed variant is, unsurprisingly:
+For an array of GPIOs this function can be used:
+
+	void gpiod_put_array(struct gpio_descs *descs)
+
+It is strictly forbidden to use a descriptor after calling these functions.
+It is also not allowed to individually release descriptors (using gpiod_put())
+from an array acquired with gpiod_get_array().
+
+The device-managed variants are, unsurprisingly:
 
 	void devm_gpiod_put(struct device *dev, struct gpio_desc *desc)
 
+	void devm_gpiod_put_array(struct device *dev, struct gpio_descs *descs)
+
 
 Using GPIOs
 ===========
@@ -222,6 +259,26 @@
 corresponding chip driver. In that case a significantly improved performance
 can be expected. If simultaneous setting is not possible the GPIOs will be set
 sequentially.
+
+The gpiod_set_array() functions take three arguments:
+	* array_size	- the number of array elements
+	* desc_array	- an array of GPIO descriptors
+	* value_array	- an array of values to assign to the GPIOs
+
+The descriptor array can be obtained using the gpiod_get_array() function
+or one of its variants. If the group of descriptors returned by that function
+matches the desired group of GPIOs, those GPIOs can be set by simply using
+the struct gpio_descs returned by gpiod_get_array():
+
+	struct gpio_descs *my_gpio_descs = gpiod_get_array(...);
+	gpiod_set_array(my_gpio_descs->ndescs, my_gpio_descs->desc,
+			my_gpio_values);
+
+It is also possible to set a completely arbitrary array of descriptors. The
+descriptors may be obtained using any combination of gpiod_get() and
+gpiod_get_array(). Afterwards the array of descriptors has to be setup
+manually before it can be used with gpiod_set_array().
+
 Note that for optimal performance GPIOs belonging to the same chip should be
 contiguous within the array of descriptors.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/i2o/README b/Documentation/i2o/README
deleted file mode 100644
index ee91e26..0000000
--- a/Documentation/i2o/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-
-	Linux I2O Support	(c) Copyright 1999 Red Hat Software
-					and others.
-
-	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-	modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-	as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
-	2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-AUTHORS (so far)
-
-Alan Cox, Building Number Three Ltd.
-	Core code, SCSI and Block OSMs
-
-Steve Ralston, LSI Logic Corp.
-	Debugging SCSI and Block OSM
-
-Deepak Saxena, Intel Corp.
-	Various core/block extensions
-	/proc interface, bug fixes
-	Ioctl interfaces for control
-	Debugging LAN OSM
-
-Philip Rumpf
-	Fixed assorted dumb SMP locking bugs
-
-Juha Sievanen, University of Helsinki Finland
-	LAN OSM code
-	/proc interface to LAN class
-	Bug fixes
-	Core code extensions
-
-Auvo Häkkinen, University of Helsinki Finland
-	LAN OSM code
-	/Proc interface to LAN class
-	Bug fixes
-	Core code extensions
-
-Taneli Vähäkangas, University of Helsinki Finland
-	Fixes to i2o_config
-
-CREDITS
-
-	This work was made possible by
-
-Red Hat Software
-	Funding for the Building #3 part of the project
-
-Symbios Logic (Now LSI)
-	Host adapters, hints, known to work platforms when I hit
-	compatibility problems
-
-BoxHill Corporation
-	Loan of initial FibreChannel disk array used for development work.
-
-European Commission
-	Funding the work done by the University of Helsinki
-
-SysKonnect
-        Loan of FDDI and Gigabit Ethernet cards
-
-ASUSTeK
-        Loan of I2O motherboard
diff --git a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl b/Documentation/i2o/ioctl
deleted file mode 100644
index 27c3c54..0000000
--- a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,394 +0,0 @@
-
-Linux I2O User Space Interface
-rev 0.3 - 04/20/99
-
-=============================================================================
-Originally written by Deepak Saxena(deepak@plexity.net)
-Currently maintained by Deepak Saxena(deepak@plexity.net)
-=============================================================================
-
-I. Introduction
-
-The Linux I2O subsystem provides a set of ioctl() commands that can be
-utilized by user space applications to communicate with IOPs and devices
-on individual IOPs. This document defines the specific ioctl() commands
-that are available to the user and provides examples of their uses.
-
-This document assumes the reader is familiar with or has access to the
-I2O specification as no I2O message parameters are outlined.  For information
-on the specification, see http://www.i2osig.org
-
-This document and the I2O user space interface are currently maintained
-by Deepak Saxena.  Please send all comments, errata, and bug fixes to
-deepak@csociety.purdue.edu
-
-II. IOP Access
-
-Access to the I2O subsystem is provided through the device file named
-/dev/i2o/ctl.  This file is a character file with major number 10 and minor
-number 166.  It can be created through the following command:
-
-   mknod /dev/i2o/ctl c 10 166
-
-III. Determining the IOP Count
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OGETIOPS,  int *count);
-
-   u8 count[MAX_I2O_CONTROLLERS];
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function returns the system's active IOP table.  count should
-   point to a buffer containing MAX_I2O_CONTROLLERS entries.  Upon
-   returning, each entry will contain a non-zero value if the given
-   IOP unit is active, and NULL if it is inactive or non-existent.
-
-   RETURN VALUE.
-
-   Returns 0 if no errors occur, and -1 otherwise.  If an error occurs,
-   errno is set appropriately:
-
-     EFAULT   Invalid user space pointer was passed
-
-IV. Getting Hardware Resource Table
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OHRTGET, struct i2o_cmd_hrt *hrt);
-
-      struct i2o_cmd_hrtlct
-      {
-         u32   iop;      /* IOP unit number */
-         void  *resbuf;  /* Buffer for result */
-         u32   *reslen;  /* Buffer length in bytes */
-      };
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function returns the Hardware Resource Table of the IOP specified
-   by hrt->iop in the buffer pointed to by hrt->resbuf. The actual size of
-   the data is written into *(hrt->reslen).
-
-   RETURNS
-
-   This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1
-   is returned and errno is set appropriately:
-
-      EFAULT      Invalid user space pointer was passed
-      ENXIO       Invalid IOP number
-      ENOBUFS     Buffer not large enough.  If this occurs, the required
-                  buffer length is written into *(hrt->reslen)
-
-V. Getting Logical Configuration Table
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OLCTGET, struct i2o_cmd_lct *lct);
-
-      struct i2o_cmd_hrtlct
-      {
-         u32   iop;      /* IOP unit number */
-         void  *resbuf;  /* Buffer for result */
-         u32   *reslen;  /* Buffer length in bytes */
-      };
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function returns the Logical Configuration Table of the IOP specified
-   by lct->iop in the buffer pointed to by lct->resbuf. The actual size of
-   the data is written into *(lct->reslen).
-
-   RETURNS
-
-   This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1
-   is returned and errno is set appropriately:
-
-      EFAULT      Invalid user space pointer was passed
-      ENXIO       Invalid IOP number
-      ENOBUFS     Buffer not large enough.  If this occurs, the required
-                  buffer length is written into *(lct->reslen)
-
-VI. Setting Parameters
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OPARMSET, struct i2o_parm_setget *ops);
-
-      struct i2o_cmd_psetget
-      {
-         u32   iop;      /* IOP unit number */
-         u32   tid;      /* Target device TID */
-         void  *opbuf;   /* Operation List buffer */
-         u32   oplen;    /* Operation List buffer length in bytes */
-         void  *resbuf;  /* Result List buffer */
-         u32   *reslen;  /* Result List buffer length in bytes */
-      };
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function posts a UtilParamsSet message to the device identified
-   by ops->iop and ops->tid.  The operation list for the message is
-   sent through the ops->opbuf buffer, and the result list is written
-   into the buffer pointed to by ops->resbuf.  The number of bytes
-   written is placed into *(ops->reslen).
-
-   RETURNS
-
-   The return value is the size in bytes of the data written into
-   ops->resbuf if no errors occur.  If an error occurs, -1 is returned
-   and errno is set appropriately:
-
-      EFAULT      Invalid user space pointer was passed
-      ENXIO       Invalid IOP number
-      ENOBUFS     Buffer not large enough.  If this occurs, the required
-                  buffer length is written into *(ops->reslen)
-      ETIMEDOUT   Timeout waiting for reply message
-      ENOMEM      Kernel memory allocation error
-
-   A return value of 0 does not mean that the value was actually
-   changed properly on the IOP.  The user should check the result
-   list to determine the specific status of the transaction.
-
-VII. Getting Parameters
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OPARMGET, struct i2o_parm_setget *ops);
-
-      struct i2o_parm_setget
-      {
-         u32   iop;      /* IOP unit number */
-         u32   tid;      /* Target device TID */
-         void  *opbuf;   /* Operation List buffer */
-         u32   oplen;    /* Operation List buffer length in bytes */
-         void  *resbuf;  /* Result List buffer */
-         u32   *reslen;  /* Result List buffer length in bytes */
-      };
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function posts a UtilParamsGet message to the device identified
-   by ops->iop and ops->tid.  The operation list for the message is
-   sent through the ops->opbuf buffer, and the result list is written
-   into the buffer pointed to by ops->resbuf.  The actual size of data
-   written is placed into *(ops->reslen).
-
-   RETURNS
-
-      EFAULT      Invalid user space pointer was passed
-      ENXIO       Invalid IOP number
-      ENOBUFS     Buffer not large enough.  If this occurs, the required
-                  buffer length is written into *(ops->reslen)
-      ETIMEDOUT   Timeout waiting for reply message
-      ENOMEM      Kernel memory allocation error
-
-   A return value of 0 does not mean that the value was actually
-   properly retrieved.  The user should check the result list
-   to determine the specific status of the transaction.
-
-VIII. Downloading Software
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OSWDL, struct i2o_sw_xfer *sw);
-
-      struct i2o_sw_xfer
-      {
-         u32   iop;       /* IOP unit number */
-         u8    flags;     /* DownloadFlags field */
-         u8    sw_type;   /* Software type */
-         u32   sw_id;     /* Software ID */
-         void  *buf;      /* Pointer to software buffer */
-         u32   *swlen;    /* Length of software buffer */
-         u32   *maxfrag;  /* Number of fragments */
-         u32   *curfrag;  /* Current fragment number */
-      };
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function downloads a software fragment pointed by sw->buf
-   to the iop identified by sw->iop. The DownloadFlags, SwID, SwType
-   and SwSize fields of the ExecSwDownload message are filled in with
-   the values of sw->flags, sw->sw_id, sw->sw_type and *(sw->swlen).
-
-   The fragments _must_ be sent in order and be 8K in size. The last
-   fragment _may_ be shorter, however. The kernel will compute its
-   size based on information in the sw->swlen field.
-
-   Please note that SW transfers can take a long time.
-
-   RETURNS
-
-   This function returns 0 no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1
-   is returned and errno is set appropriately:
-
-      EFAULT      Invalid user space pointer was passed
-      ENXIO       Invalid IOP number
-      ETIMEDOUT   Timeout waiting for reply message
-      ENOMEM      Kernel memory allocation error
-
-IX. Uploading Software
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OSWUL, struct i2o_sw_xfer *sw);
-
-      struct i2o_sw_xfer
-      {
-         u32   iop;      /* IOP unit number */
-         u8    flags; 	 /* UploadFlags */
-         u8    sw_type;  /* Software type */
-         u32   sw_id;    /* Software ID */
-         void  *buf;     /* Pointer to software buffer */
-         u32   *swlen;   /* Length of software buffer */
-         u32   *maxfrag; /* Number of fragments */
-         u32   *curfrag; /* Current fragment number */
-      };
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function uploads a software fragment from the IOP identified
-   by sw->iop, sw->sw_type, sw->sw_id and optionally sw->swlen fields.
-   The UploadFlags, SwID, SwType and SwSize fields of the ExecSwUpload
-   message are filled in with the values of sw->flags, sw->sw_id,
-   sw->sw_type and *(sw->swlen).
-
-   The fragments _must_ be requested in order and be 8K in size. The
-   user is responsible for allocating memory pointed by sw->buf. The
-   last fragment _may_ be shorter.
-
-   Please note that SW transfers can take a long time.
-
-   RETURNS
-
-   This function returns 0 if no errors occur.  If an error occurs, -1
-   is returned and errno is set appropriately:
-
-      EFAULT      Invalid user space pointer was passed
-      ENXIO       Invalid IOP number
-      ETIMEDOUT   Timeout waiting for reply message
-      ENOMEM      Kernel memory allocation error
-
-X. Removing Software
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OSWDEL, struct i2o_sw_xfer *sw);
-
-      struct i2o_sw_xfer
-      {
-         u32   iop;      /* IOP unit number */
-         u8    flags; 	 /* RemoveFlags */
-         u8    sw_type;  /* Software type */
-         u32   sw_id;    /* Software ID */
-         void  *buf;     /* Unused */
-         u32   *swlen;   /* Length of the software data */
-         u32   *maxfrag; /* Unused */
-         u32   *curfrag; /* Unused */
-      };
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function removes software from the IOP identified by sw->iop.
-   The RemoveFlags, SwID, SwType and SwSize fields of the ExecSwRemove message
-   are filled in with the values of sw->flags, sw->sw_id, sw->sw_type and
-   *(sw->swlen). Give zero in *(sw->len) if the value is unknown. IOP uses
-   *(sw->swlen) value to verify correct identication of the module to remove.
-   The actual size of the module is written into *(sw->swlen).
-
-   RETURNS
-
-   This function returns 0 if no errors occur.  If an error occurs, -1
-   is returned and errno is set appropriately:
-
-      EFAULT      Invalid user space pointer was passed
-      ENXIO       Invalid IOP number
-      ETIMEDOUT   Timeout waiting for reply message
-      ENOMEM      Kernel memory allocation error
-
-X. Validating Configuration
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OVALIDATE, int *iop);
-	u32 iop;
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function posts an ExecConfigValidate message to the controller
-   identified by iop. This message indicates that the current
-   configuration is accepted. The iop changes the status of suspect drivers
-   to valid and may delete old drivers from its store.
-
-   RETURNS
-
-   This function returns 0 if no erro occur.  If an error occurs, -1 is
-   returned and errno is set appropriately:
-
-      ETIMEDOUT   Timeout waiting for reply message
-      ENXIO       Invalid IOP number
-
-XI. Configuration Dialog
-
-   SYNOPSIS
-
-   ioctl(fd, I2OHTML, struct i2o_html *htquery);
-      struct i2o_html
-      {
-         u32   iop;      /* IOP unit number */
-         u32   tid;      /* Target device ID */
-         u32   page;     /* HTML page */
-         void  *resbuf;  /* Buffer for reply HTML page */
-         u32   *reslen;  /* Length in bytes of reply buffer */
-         void  *qbuf;    /* Pointer to HTTP query string */
-         u32   qlen;     /* Length in bytes of query string buffer */
-      };
-
-   DESCRIPTION
-
-   This function posts an UtilConfigDialog message to the device identified
-   by htquery->iop and htquery->tid.  The requested HTML page number is
-   provided by the htquery->page field, and the resultant data is stored
-   in the buffer pointed to by htquery->resbuf.  If there is an HTTP query
-   string that is to be sent to the device, it should be sent in the buffer
-   pointed to by htquery->qbuf.  If there is no query string, this field
-   should be set to NULL. The actual size of the reply received is written
-   into *(htquery->reslen).
-
-   RETURNS
-
-   This function returns 0 if no error occur. If an error occurs, -1
-   is returned and errno is set appropriately:
-
-      EFAULT      Invalid user space pointer was passed
-      ENXIO       Invalid IOP number
-      ENOBUFS     Buffer not large enough.  If this occurs, the required
-                  buffer length is written into *(ops->reslen)
-      ETIMEDOUT   Timeout waiting for reply message
-      ENOMEM      Kernel memory allocation error
-
-XII. Events
-
-    In the process of determining this.  Current idea is to have use
-    the select() interface to allow user apps to periodically poll
-    the /dev/i2o/ctl device for events.  When select() notifies the user
-    that an event is available, the user would call read() to retrieve
-    a list of all the events that are pending for the specific device.
-
-=============================================================================
-Revision History
-=============================================================================
-
-Rev 0.1 - 04/01/99
-- Initial revision
-
-Rev 0.2 - 04/06/99
-- Changed return values to match UNIX ioctl() standard.  Only return values
-  are 0 and -1.  All errors are reported through errno.
-- Added summary of proposed possible event interfaces
-
-Rev 0.3 - 04/20/99
-- Changed all ioctls() to use pointers to user data instead of actual data
-- Updated error values to match the code
diff --git a/Documentation/input/alps.txt b/Documentation/input/alps.txt
index 92ae734..c86f2f1 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/alps.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/alps.txt
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 While in command mode, register addresses can be set by first sending a
 specific command, either EC for v3 devices or F5 for v4 devices. Then the
 address is sent one nibble at a time, where each nibble is encoded as a
-command with optional data. This enoding differs slightly between the v3 and
+command with optional data. This encoding differs slightly between the v3 and
 v4 protocols.
 
 Once an address has been set, the addressed register can be read by sending
@@ -94,6 +94,10 @@
 
 Note that the device never signals overflow condition.
 
+For protocol version 2 devices when the trackpoint is used, and no fingers
+are on the touchpad, the M R L bits signal the combined status of both the
+pointingstick and touchpad buttons.
+
 ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 1
 --------------------------------------
 
@@ -107,7 +111,7 @@
 ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 2
 ---------------------------------------
 
- byte 0:  1    ?    ?    ?    1    ?    ?    ?
+ byte 0:  1    ?    ?    ?    1  PSM  PSR  PSL
  byte 1:  0   x6   x5   x4   x3   x2   x1   x0
  byte 2:  0  x10   x9   x8   x7    ?  fin  ges
  byte 3:  0   y9   y8   y7    1    M    R    L
@@ -115,7 +119,8 @@
  byte 5:  0   z6   z5   z4   z3   z2   z1   z0
 
 Protocol Version 2 DualPoint devices send standard PS/2 mouse packets for
-the DualPoint Stick.
+the DualPoint Stick. For non interleaved dualpoint devices the pointingstick
+buttons get reported separately in the PSM, PSR and PSL bits.
 
 Dualpoint device -- interleaved packet format
 ---------------------------------------------
@@ -139,7 +144,7 @@
 ---------------------------------------
 
 ALPS protocol version 3 has three different packet formats. The first two are
-associated with touchpad events, and the third is associatd with trackstick
+associated with touchpad events, and the third is associated with trackstick
 events.
 
 The first type is the touchpad position packet.
diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt
index 9670561..3f0f5ce 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
 EV_PWR:
 ----------
 EV_PWR events are a special type of event used specifically for power
-mangement. Its usage is not well defined. To be addressed later.
+management. Its usage is not well defined. To be addressed later.
 
 Device properties:
 =================
diff --git a/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt b/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt
index 06d60c3..2cdfd9b 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 --------
 
 Example configuration for a single TS1003 tilt switch that rotates around
-one axis in 4 steps and emitts the current tilt via two GPIOs.
+one axis in 4 steps and emits the current tilt via two GPIOs.
 
 static int sg060_tilt_enable(struct device *dev) {
 	/* code to enable the sensors */
diff --git a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
index 2d5fbfd..6628715 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 *** Attack and fade ***
 OP=  02
 LEN= 08
-00-01 Address where to store the parameteres
+00-01 Address where to store the parameters
 02-03 Duration of attack (little endian encoding, in ms)
 04 Level at end of attack. Signed byte.
 05-06 Duration of fade.
diff --git a/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt b/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt
index 561385d..49e3ac6 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 first ten nibbles.
 
 Next nibbles 12 .. 21 represents four channels (not all channels can be
-directly controlled from TX). Binary representations ar the same as in first
+directly controlled from TX). Binary representations are the same as in first
 four channels. In nibbles 22 and 23 is a special magic number. Nibble 24 is
 checksum for nibbles 12..23.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/input/yealink.txt b/Documentation/input/yealink.txt
index 5360e43..8277b76 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/yealink.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/yealink.txt
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
   Format specifier
     '8' :  Generic 7 segment digit with individual addressable segments
 
-    Reduced capability 7 segm digit, when segments are hard wired together.
+    Reduced capability 7 segment digit, when segments are hard wired together.
     '1' : 2 segments digit only able to produce a 1.
     'e' : Most significant day of the month digit,
           able to produce at least 1 2 3.
diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
index 8136e1f..51f4221 100644
--- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
+++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt
@@ -321,6 +321,7 @@
 0xDB	00-0F	drivers/char/mwave/mwavepub.h
 0xDD	00-3F	ZFCP device driver	see drivers/s390/scsi/
 					<mailto:aherrman@de.ibm.com>
+0xEC	00-01	drivers/platform/chrome/cros_ec_dev.h	ChromeOS EC driver
 0xF3	00-3F	drivers/usb/misc/sisusbvga/sisusb.h	sisfb (in development)
 					<mailto:thomas@winischhofer.net>
 0xF4	00-1F	video/mbxfb.h		mbxfb
diff --git a/Documentation/kasan.txt b/Documentation/kasan.txt
index 092fc10..4692241 100644
--- a/Documentation/kasan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kasan.txt
@@ -9,7 +9,9 @@
 bugs.
 
 KASan uses compile-time instrumentation for checking every memory access,
-therefore you will need a certain version of GCC > 4.9.2
+therefore you will need a gcc version of 4.9.2 or later. KASan could detect out
+of bounds accesses to stack or global variables, but only if gcc 5.0 or later was
+used to built the kernel.
 
 Currently KASan is supported only for x86_64 architecture and requires that the
 kernel be built with the SLUB allocator.
@@ -23,8 +25,8 @@
 
 and choose between CONFIG_KASAN_OUTLINE and CONFIG_KASAN_INLINE. Outline/inline
 is compiler instrumentation types. The former produces smaller binary the
-latter is 1.1 - 2 times faster. Inline instrumentation requires GCC 5.0 or
-latter.
+latter is 1.1 - 2 times faster. Inline instrumentation requires a gcc version
+of 5.0 or later.
 
 Currently KASAN works only with the SLUB memory allocator.
 For better bug detection and nicer report, enable CONFIG_STACKTRACE and put
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index 491bbd1..61ab162 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@
 bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
 
 
-	acpi=		[HW,ACPI,X86]
+	acpi=		[HW,ACPI,X86,ARM64]
 			Advanced Configuration and Power Interface
 			Format: { force | off | strict | noirq | rsdt }
 			force -- enable ACPI if default was off
@@ -175,6 +175,7 @@
 				strictly ACPI specification compliant.
 			rsdt -- prefer RSDT over (default) XSDT
 			copy_dsdt -- copy DSDT to memory
+			For ARM64, ONLY "acpi=off" or "acpi=force" are available
 
 			See also Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt, pci=noacpi
 
@@ -713,10 +714,18 @@
 
 		uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options]
 		uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options]
+		uart[8250],mmio32,<addr>[,options]
+		uart[8250],0x<addr>[,options]
 			Start an early, polled-mode console on the 8250/16550
 			UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address,
-			switching to the matching ttyS device later.  The
-			options are the same as for ttyS, above.
+			switching to the matching ttyS device later.
+			MMIO inter-register address stride is either 8-bit
+			(mmio) or 32-bit (mmio32).
+			If none of [io|mmio|mmio32], <addr> is assumed to be
+			equivalent to 'mmio'. 'options' are specified in the
+			same format described for ttyS above; if unspecified,
+			the h/w is not re-initialized.
+
 		hvc<n>	Use the hypervisor console device <n>. This is for
 			both Xen and PowerPC hypervisors.
 
@@ -928,6 +937,12 @@
 			Enable debug messages at boot time.  See
 			Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt for details.
 
+	eagerfpu=	[X86]
+			on	enable eager fpu restore
+			off	disable eager fpu restore
+			auto	selects the default scheme, which automatically
+				enables eagerfpu restore for xsaveopt.
+
 	early_ioremap_debug [KNL]
 			Enable debug messages in early_ioremap support. This
 			is useful for tracking down temporary early mappings
@@ -944,11 +959,15 @@
 		uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options]
 		uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options]
 		uart[8250],mmio32,<addr>[,options]
+		uart[8250],0x<addr>[,options]
 			Start an early, polled-mode console on the 8250/16550
 			UART at the specified I/O port or MMIO address.
 			MMIO inter-register address stride is either 8-bit
 			(mmio) or 32-bit (mmio32).
-			The options are the same as for ttyS, above.
+			If none of [io|mmio|mmio32], <addr> is assumed to be
+			equivalent to 'mmio'. 'options' are specified in the
+			same format described for "console=ttyS<n>"; if
+			unspecified, the h/w is not initialized.
 
 		pl011,<addr>
 			Start an early, polled-mode console on a pl011 serial
@@ -1966,6 +1985,12 @@
 			         or
 			         memmap=0x10000$0x18690000
 
+	memmap=nn[KMG]!ss[KMG]
+			[KNL,X86] Mark specific memory as protected.
+			Region of memory to be used, from ss to ss+nn.
+			The memory region may be marked as e820 type 12 (0xc)
+			and is NVDIMM or ADR memory.
+
 	memory_corruption_check=0/1 [X86]
 			Some BIOSes seem to corrupt the first 64k of
 			memory when doing things like suspend/resume.
@@ -2317,7 +2342,7 @@
 			noexec32=off: disable non-executable mappings
 				read implies executable mappings
 
-	nofpu		[SH] Disable hardware FPU at boot time.
+	nofpu		[MIPS,SH] Disable hardware FPU at boot time.
 
 	nofxsr		[BUGS=X86-32] Disables x86 floating point extended
 			register save and restore. The kernel will only save
@@ -2344,12 +2369,6 @@
 			parameter, xsave area per process might occupy more
 			memory on xsaves enabled systems.
 
-	eagerfpu=	[X86]
-			on	enable eager fpu restore
-			off	disable eager fpu restore
-			auto	selects the default scheme, which automatically
-				enables eagerfpu restore for xsaveopt.
-
 	nohlt		[BUGS=ARM,SH] Tells the kernel that the sleep(SH) or
 			wfi(ARM) instruction doesn't work correctly and not to
 			use it. This is also useful when using JTAG debugger.
@@ -3768,6 +3787,8 @@
 					READ_CAPACITY_16 command);
 				f = NO_REPORT_OPCODES (don't use report opcodes
 					command, uas only);
+				g = MAX_SECTORS_240 (don't transfer more than
+					240 sectors at a time, uas only);
 				h = CAPACITY_HEURISTICS (decrease the
 					reported device capacity by one
 					sector if the number is odd);
diff --git a/Documentation/kmemcheck.txt b/Documentation/kmemcheck.txt
index a41bdeb..80aae85 100644
--- a/Documentation/kmemcheck.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kmemcheck.txt
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@
 
   o CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=n
 
-	This option is located under "Kernel hacking" / "Debug page memory
-	allocations".
+	This option is located under "Kernel hacking" / "Memory Debugging"
+	 / "Debug page memory allocations".
 
 In addition, I highly recommend turning on CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO=y. This is also
 located under "Kernel hacking". With this, you will be able to get line number
diff --git a/Documentation/kprobes.txt b/Documentation/kprobes.txt
index 1488b65..1f9b3e2 100644
--- a/Documentation/kprobes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kprobes.txt
@@ -305,8 +305,8 @@
 3. Configuring Kprobes
 
 When configuring the kernel using make menuconfig/xconfig/oldconfig,
-ensure that CONFIG_KPROBES is set to "y".  Under "Instrumentation
-Support", look for "Kprobes".
+ensure that CONFIG_KPROBES is set to "y". Under "General setup", look
+for "Kprobes".
 
 So that you can load and unload Kprobes-based instrumentation modules,
 make sure "Loadable module support" (CONFIG_MODULES) and "Module
diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
index fc04c14..72a150d 100644
--- a/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/laptops/thinkpad-acpi.txt
@@ -1355,6 +1355,24 @@
 	rfkill controller switch "tpacpi_uwb_sw": refer to
 	Documentation/rfkill.txt for details.
 
+Adaptive keyboard
+-----------------
+
+sysfs device attribute: adaptive_kbd_mode
+
+This sysfs attribute controls the keyboard "face" that will be shown on the
+Lenovo X1 Carbon 2nd gen (2014)'s adaptive keyboard. The value can be read
+and set.
+
+1 = Home mode
+2 = Web-browser mode
+3 = Web-conference mode
+4 = Function mode
+5 = Layflat mode
+
+For more details about which buttons will appear depending on the mode, please
+review the laptop's user guide:
+http://www.lenovo.com/shop/americas/content/user_guides/x1carbon_2_ug_en.pdf
 
 Multiple Commands, Module Parameters
 ------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/md-cluster.txt b/Documentation/md-cluster.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de1af7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/md-cluster.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+The cluster MD is a shared-device RAID for a cluster.
+
+
+1. On-disk format
+
+Separate write-intent-bitmap are used for each cluster node.
+The bitmaps record all writes that may have been started on that node,
+and may not yet have finished. The on-disk layout is:
+
+0                    4k                     8k                    12k
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+| idle                | md super            | bm super [0] + bits |
+| bm bits[0, contd]   | bm super[1] + bits  | bm bits[1, contd]   |
+| bm super[2] + bits  | bm bits [2, contd]  | bm super[3] + bits  |
+| bm bits [3, contd]  |                     |                     |
+
+During "normal" functioning we assume the filesystem ensures that only one
+node writes to any given block at a time, so a write
+request will
+ - set the appropriate bit (if not already set)
+ - commit the write to all mirrors
+ - schedule the bit to be cleared after a timeout.
+
+Reads are just handled normally.  It is up to the filesystem to
+ensure one node doesn't read from a location where another node (or the same
+node) is writing.
+
+
+2. DLM Locks for management
+
+There are two locks for managing the device:
+
+2.1 Bitmap lock resource (bm_lockres)
+
+ The bm_lockres protects individual node bitmaps. They are named in the
+ form bitmap001 for node 1, bitmap002 for node and so on. When a node
+ joins the cluster, it acquires the lock in PW mode and it stays so
+ during the lifetime the node is part of the cluster. The lock resource
+ number is based on the slot number returned by the DLM subsystem. Since
+ DLM starts node count from one and bitmap slots start from zero, one is
+ subtracted from the DLM slot number to arrive at the bitmap slot number.
+
+3. Communication
+
+Each node has to communicate with other nodes when starting or ending
+resync, and metadata superblock updates.
+
+3.1 Message Types
+
+ There are 3 types, of messages which are passed
+
+ 3.1.1 METADATA_UPDATED: informs other nodes that the metadata has been
+   updated, and the node must re-read the md superblock. This is performed
+   synchronously.
+
+ 3.1.2 RESYNC: informs other nodes that a resync is initiated or ended
+   so that each node may suspend or resume the region.
+
+3.2 Communication mechanism
+
+ The DLM LVB is used to communicate within nodes of the cluster. There
+ are three resources used for the purpose:
+
+  3.2.1 Token: The resource which protects the entire communication
+   system. The node having the token resource is allowed to
+   communicate.
+
+  3.2.2 Message: The lock resource which carries the data to
+   communicate.
+
+  3.2.3 Ack: The resource, acquiring which means the message has been
+   acknowledged by all nodes in the cluster. The BAST of the resource
+   is used to inform the receive node that a node wants to communicate.
+
+The algorithm is:
+
+ 1. receive status
+
+   sender                         receiver                   receiver
+   ACK:CR                          ACK:CR                     ACK:CR
+
+ 2. sender get EX of TOKEN
+    sender get EX of MESSAGE
+    sender                        receiver                 receiver
+    TOKEN:EX                       ACK:CR                   ACK:CR
+    MESSAGE:EX
+    ACK:CR
+
+    Sender checks that it still needs to send a message. Messages received
+    or other events that happened while waiting for the TOKEN may have made
+    this message inappropriate or redundant.
+
+ 3. sender write LVB.
+    sender down-convert MESSAGE from EX to CR
+    sender try to get EX of ACK
+    [ wait until all receiver has *processed* the MESSAGE ]
+
+                                     [ triggered by bast of ACK ]
+                                     receiver get CR of MESSAGE
+                                     receiver read LVB
+                                     receiver processes the message
+                                     [ wait finish ]
+                                     receiver release ACK
+
+   sender                         receiver                   receiver
+   TOKEN:EX                       MESSAGE:CR                 MESSAGE:CR
+   MESSAGE:CR
+   ACK:EX
+
+ 4. triggered by grant of EX on ACK (indicating all receivers have processed
+    message)
+    sender down-convert ACK from EX to CR
+    sender release MESSAGE
+    sender release TOKEN
+                               receiver upconvert to EX of MESSAGE
+                               receiver get CR of ACK
+                               receiver release MESSAGE
+
+   sender                      receiver                   receiver
+   ACK:CR                       ACK:CR                     ACK:CR
+
+
+4. Handling Failures
+
+4.1 Node Failure
+ When a node fails, the DLM informs the cluster with the slot. The node
+ starts a cluster recovery thread. The cluster recovery thread:
+	- acquires the bitmap<number> lock of the failed node
+	- opens the bitmap
+	- reads the bitmap of the failed node
+	- copies the set bitmap to local node
+	- cleans the bitmap of the failed node
+	- releases bitmap<number> lock of the failed node
+	- initiates resync of the bitmap on the current node
+
+ The resync process, is the regular md resync. However, in a clustered
+ environment when a resync is performed, it needs to tell other nodes
+ of the areas which are suspended. Before a resync starts, the node
+ send out RESYNC_START with the (lo,hi) range of the area which needs
+ to be suspended. Each node maintains a suspend_list, which contains
+ the list  of ranges which are currently suspended. On receiving
+ RESYNC_START, the node adds the range to the suspend_list. Similarly,
+ when the node performing resync finishes, it send RESYNC_FINISHED
+ to other nodes and other nodes remove the corresponding entry from
+ the suspend_list.
+
+ A helper function, should_suspend() can be used to check if a particular
+ I/O range should be suspended or not.
+
+4.2 Device Failure
+ Device failures are handled and communicated with the metadata update
+ routine.
+
+5. Adding a new Device
+For adding a new device, it is necessary that all nodes "see" the new device
+to be added. For this, the following algorithm is used:
+
+    1. Node 1 issues mdadm --manage /dev/mdX --add /dev/sdYY which issues
+       ioctl(ADD_NEW_DISC with disc.state set to MD_DISK_CLUSTER_ADD)
+    2. Node 1 sends NEWDISK with uuid and slot number
+    3. Other nodes issue kobject_uevent_env with uuid and slot number
+       (Steps 4,5 could be a udev rule)
+    4. In userspace, the node searches for the disk, perhaps
+       using blkid -t SUB_UUID=""
+    5. Other nodes issue either of the following depending on whether the disk
+       was found:
+       ioctl(ADD_NEW_DISK with disc.state set to MD_DISK_CANDIDATE and
+                disc.number set to slot number)
+       ioctl(CLUSTERED_DISK_NACK)
+    6. Other nodes drop lock on no-new-devs (CR) if device is found
+    7. Node 1 attempts EX lock on no-new-devs
+    8. If node 1 gets the lock, it sends METADATA_UPDATED after unmarking the disk
+       as SpareLocal
+    9. If not (get no-new-dev lock), it fails the operation and sends METADATA_UPDATED
+    10. Other nodes get the information whether a disk is added or not
+	by the following METADATA_UPDATED.
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
index 6974f1c..f957461 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-barriers.txt
@@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@
 	}
 
      The dma_rmb() allows us guarantee the device has released ownership
-     before we read the data from the descriptor, and he dma_wmb() allows
+     before we read the data from the descriptor, and the dma_wmb() allows
      us to guarantee the data is written to the descriptor before the device
      can see it now has ownership.  The wmb() is needed to guarantee that the
      cache coherent memory writes have completed before attempting a write to
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
index ea03abf..ce2cfcf 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 (0x100000000 / 1Gib = 4)
 This device covers address range [0x100000000 ... 0x140000000)
 
-Under each memory block, you can see 4 files:
+Under each memory block, you can see 5 files:
 
 /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_index
 /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_device
@@ -359,38 +359,51 @@
 --------------------------------
 8. Memory hotplug event notifier
 --------------------------------
-Memory hotplug has event notifier. There are 6 types of notification.
+Hotplugging events are sent to a notification queue.
 
-MEMORY_GOING_ONLINE
+There are six types of notification defined in include/linux/memory.h:
+
+MEM_GOING_ONLINE
   Generated before new memory becomes available in order to be able to
   prepare subsystems to handle memory. The page allocator is still unable
   to allocate from the new memory.
 
-MEMORY_CANCEL_ONLINE
+MEM_CANCEL_ONLINE
   Generated if MEMORY_GOING_ONLINE fails.
 
-MEMORY_ONLINE
+MEM_ONLINE
   Generated when memory has successfully brought online. The callback may
   allocate pages from the new memory.
 
-MEMORY_GOING_OFFLINE
+MEM_GOING_OFFLINE
   Generated to begin the process of offlining memory. Allocations are no
   longer possible from the memory but some of the memory to be offlined
   is still in use. The callback can be used to free memory known to a
   subsystem from the indicated memory block.
 
-MEMORY_CANCEL_OFFLINE
+MEM_CANCEL_OFFLINE
   Generated if MEMORY_GOING_OFFLINE fails. Memory is available again from
   the memory block that we attempted to offline.
 
-MEMORY_OFFLINE
+MEM_OFFLINE
   Generated after offlining memory is complete.
 
-A callback routine can be registered by
+A callback routine can be registered by calling
+
   hotplug_memory_notifier(callback_func, priority)
 
-The second argument of callback function (action) is event types of above.
-The third argument is passed by pointer of struct memory_notify.
+Callback functions with higher values of priority are called before callback
+functions with lower values.
+
+A callback function must have the following prototype:
+
+  int callback_func(
+    struct notifier_block *self, unsigned long action, void *arg);
+
+The first argument of the callback function (self) is a pointer to the block
+of the notifier chain that points to the callback function itself.
+The second argument (action) is one of the event types described above.
+The third argument (arg) passes a pointer of struct memory_notify.
 
 struct memory_notify {
        unsigned long start_pfn;
@@ -412,6 +425,18 @@
 If status_changed_nid* >= 0, callback should create/discard structures for the
 node if necessary.
 
+The callback routine shall return one of the values
+NOTIFY_DONE, NOTIFY_OK, NOTIFY_BAD, NOTIFY_STOP
+defined in include/linux/notifier.h
+
+NOTIFY_DONE and NOTIFY_OK have no effect on the further processing.
+
+NOTIFY_BAD is used as response to the MEM_GOING_ONLINE, MEM_GOING_OFFLINE,
+MEM_ONLINE, or MEM_OFFLINE action to cancel hotplugging. It stops
+further processing of the notification queue.
+
+NOTIFY_STOP stops further processing of the notification queue.
+
 --------------
 9. Future Work
 --------------
diff --git a/Documentation/module-signing.txt b/Documentation/module-signing.txt
index 09c2382..c72702e 100644
--- a/Documentation/module-signing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/module-signing.txt
@@ -119,9 +119,9 @@
 should be altered from the default:
 
 	[ req_distinguished_name ]
-	O = Magrathea
-	CN = Glacier signing key
-	emailAddress = slartibartfast@magrathea.h2g2
+	#O = Unspecified company
+	CN = Build time autogenerated kernel key
+	#emailAddress = unspecified.user@unspecified.company
 
 The generated RSA key size can also be set with:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt
index 639ddf0..9ed15f8 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt
@@ -18,3 +18,12 @@
 
 	Possible values: 0 - 1048575
 	Default: 0
+
+conf/<interface>/input - BOOL
+	Control whether packets can be input on this interface.
+
+	If disabled, packets will be discarded without further
+	processing.
+
+	0 - disabled (default)
+	not 0 - enabled
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/scaling.txt b/Documentation/networking/scaling.txt
index cbfac09..59f4db2 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/scaling.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/scaling.txt
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@
 
 - The current CPU's queue head counter >= the recorded tail counter
   value in rps_dev_flow[i]
-- The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU)
+- The current CPU is unset (>= nr_cpu_ids)
 - The current CPU is offline
 
 After this check, the packet is sent to the (possibly updated) current
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b55c5cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/pci_iov_resource_on_powernv.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+Wei Yang <weiyang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@au1.ibm.com>
+Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
+26 Aug 2014
+
+This document describes the requirement from hardware for PCI MMIO resource
+sizing and assignment on PowerKVM and how generic PCI code handles this
+requirement. The first two sections describe the concepts of Partitionable
+Endpoints and the implementation on P8 (IODA2). The next two sections talks
+about considerations on enabling SRIOV on IODA2.
+
+1. Introduction to Partitionable Endpoints
+
+A Partitionable Endpoint (PE) is a way to group the various resources
+associated with a device or a set of devices to provide isolation between
+partitions (i.e., filtering of DMA, MSIs etc.) and to provide a mechanism
+to freeze a device that is causing errors in order to limit the possibility
+of propagation of bad data.
+
+There is thus, in HW, a table of PE states that contains a pair of "frozen"
+state bits (one for MMIO and one for DMA, they get set together but can be
+cleared independently) for each PE.
+
+When a PE is frozen, all stores in any direction are dropped and all loads
+return all 1's value. MSIs are also blocked. There's a bit more state that
+captures things like the details of the error that caused the freeze etc., but
+that's not critical.
+
+The interesting part is how the various PCIe transactions (MMIO, DMA, ...)
+are matched to their corresponding PEs.
+
+The following section provides a rough description of what we have on P8
+(IODA2).  Keep in mind that this is all per PHB (PCI host bridge).  Each PHB
+is a completely separate HW entity that replicates the entire logic, so has
+its own set of PEs, etc.
+
+2. Implementation of Partitionable Endpoints on P8 (IODA2)
+
+P8 supports up to 256 Partitionable Endpoints per PHB.
+
+  * Inbound
+
+    For DMA, MSIs and inbound PCIe error messages, we have a table (in
+    memory but accessed in HW by the chip) that provides a direct
+    correspondence between a PCIe RID (bus/dev/fn) with a PE number.
+    We call this the RTT.
+
+    - For DMA we then provide an entire address space for each PE that can
+      contain two "windows", depending on the value of PCI address bit 59.
+      Each window can be configured to be remapped via a "TCE table" (IOMMU
+      translation table), which has various configurable characteristics
+      not described here.
+
+    - For MSIs, we have two windows in the address space (one at the top of
+      the 32-bit space and one much higher) which, via a combination of the
+      address and MSI value, will result in one of the 2048 interrupts per
+      bridge being triggered.  There's a PE# in the interrupt controller
+      descriptor table as well which is compared with the PE# obtained from
+      the RTT to "authorize" the device to emit that specific interrupt.
+
+    - Error messages just use the RTT.
+
+  * Outbound.  That's where the tricky part is.
+
+    Like other PCI host bridges, the Power8 IODA2 PHB supports "windows"
+    from the CPU address space to the PCI address space.  There is one M32
+    window and sixteen M64 windows.  They have different characteristics.
+    First what they have in common: they forward a configurable portion of
+    the CPU address space to the PCIe bus and must be naturally aligned
+    power of two in size.  The rest is different:
+
+    - The M32 window:
+
+      * Is limited to 4GB in size.
+
+      * Drops the top bits of the address (above the size) and replaces
+	them with a configurable value.  This is typically used to generate
+	32-bit PCIe accesses.  We configure that window at boot from FW and
+	don't touch it from Linux; it's usually set to forward a 2GB
+	portion of address space from the CPU to PCIe
+	0x8000_0000..0xffff_ffff.  (Note: The top 64KB are actually
+	reserved for MSIs but this is not a problem at this point; we just
+	need to ensure Linux doesn't assign anything there, the M32 logic
+	ignores that however and will forward in that space if we try).
+
+      * It is divided into 256 segments of equal size.  A table in the chip
+	maps each segment to a PE#.  That allows portions of the MMIO space
+	to be assigned to PEs on a segment granularity.  For a 2GB window,
+	the segment granularity is 2GB/256 = 8MB.
+
+    Now, this is the "main" window we use in Linux today (excluding
+    SR-IOV).  We basically use the trick of forcing the bridge MMIO windows
+    onto a segment alignment/granularity so that the space behind a bridge
+    can be assigned to a PE.
+
+    Ideally we would like to be able to have individual functions in PEs
+    but that would mean using a completely different address allocation
+    scheme where individual function BARs can be "grouped" to fit in one or
+    more segments.
+
+    - The M64 windows:
+
+      * Must be at least 256MB in size.
+
+      * Do not translate addresses (the address on PCIe is the same as the
+	address on the PowerBus).  There is a way to also set the top 14
+	bits which are not conveyed by PowerBus but we don't use this.
+
+      * Can be configured to be segmented.  When not segmented, we can
+	specify the PE# for the entire window.  When segmented, a window
+	has 256 segments; however, there is no table for mapping a segment
+	to a PE#.  The segment number *is* the PE#.
+
+      * Support overlaps.  If an address is covered by multiple windows,
+	there's a defined ordering for which window applies.
+
+    We have code (fairly new compared to the M32 stuff) that exploits that
+    for large BARs in 64-bit space:
+
+    We configure an M64 window to cover the entire region of address space
+    that has been assigned by FW for the PHB (about 64GB, ignore the space
+    for the M32, it comes out of a different "reserve").  We configure it
+    as segmented.
+
+    Then we do the same thing as with M32, using the bridge alignment
+    trick, to match to those giant segments.
+
+    Since we cannot remap, we have two additional constraints:
+
+    - We do the PE# allocation *after* the 64-bit space has been assigned
+      because the addresses we use directly determine the PE#.  We then
+      update the M32 PE# for the devices that use both 32-bit and 64-bit
+      spaces or assign the remaining PE# to 32-bit only devices.
+
+    - We cannot "group" segments in HW, so if a device ends up using more
+      than one segment, we end up with more than one PE#.  There is a HW
+      mechanism to make the freeze state cascade to "companion" PEs but
+      that only works for PCIe error messages (typically used so that if
+      you freeze a switch, it freezes all its children).  So we do it in
+      SW.  We lose a bit of effectiveness of EEH in that case, but that's
+      the best we found.  So when any of the PEs freezes, we freeze the
+      other ones for that "domain".  We thus introduce the concept of
+      "master PE" which is the one used for DMA, MSIs, etc., and "secondary
+      PEs" that are used for the remaining M64 segments.
+
+    We would like to investigate using additional M64 windows in "single
+    PE" mode to overlay over specific BARs to work around some of that, for
+    example for devices with very large BARs, e.g., GPUs.  It would make
+    sense, but we haven't done it yet.
+
+3. Considerations for SR-IOV on PowerKVM
+
+  * SR-IOV Background
+
+    The PCIe SR-IOV feature allows a single Physical Function (PF) to
+    support several Virtual Functions (VFs).  Registers in the PF's SR-IOV
+    Capability control the number of VFs and whether they are enabled.
+
+    When VFs are enabled, they appear in Configuration Space like normal
+    PCI devices, but the BARs in VF config space headers are unusual.  For
+    a non-VF device, software uses BARs in the config space header to
+    discover the BAR sizes and assign addresses for them.  For VF devices,
+    software uses VF BAR registers in the *PF* SR-IOV Capability to
+    discover sizes and assign addresses.  The BARs in the VF's config space
+    header are read-only zeros.
+
+    When a VF BAR in the PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed, it sets the
+    base address for all the corresponding VF(n) BARs.  For example, if the
+    PF SR-IOV Capability is programmed to enable eight VFs, and it has a
+    1MB VF BAR0, the address in that VF BAR sets the base of an 8MB region.
+    This region is divided into eight contiguous 1MB regions, each of which
+    is a BAR0 for one of the VFs.  Note that even though the VF BAR
+    describes an 8MB region, the alignment requirement is for a single VF,
+    i.e., 1MB in this example.
+
+  There are several strategies for isolating VFs in PEs:
+
+  - M32 window: There's one M32 window, and it is split into 256
+    equally-sized segments.  The finest granularity possible is a 256MB
+    window with 1MB segments.  VF BARs that are 1MB or larger could be
+    mapped to separate PEs in this window.  Each segment can be
+    individually mapped to a PE via the lookup table, so this is quite
+    flexible, but it works best when all the VF BARs are the same size.  If
+    they are different sizes, the entire window has to be small enough that
+    the segment size matches the smallest VF BAR, which means larger VF
+    BARs span several segments.
+
+  - Non-segmented M64 window: A non-segmented M64 window is mapped entirely
+    to a single PE, so it could only isolate one VF.
+
+  - Single segmented M64 windows: A segmented M64 window could be used just
+    like the M32 window, but the segments can't be individually mapped to
+    PEs (the segment number is the PE#), so there isn't as much
+    flexibility.  A VF with multiple BARs would have to be in a "domain" of
+    multiple PEs, which is not as well isolated as a single PE.
+
+  - Multiple segmented M64 windows: As usual, each window is split into 256
+    equally-sized segments, and the segment number is the PE#.  But if we
+    use several M64 windows, they can be set to different base addresses
+    and different segment sizes.  If we have VFs that each have a 1MB BAR
+    and a 32MB BAR, we could use one M64 window to assign 1MB segments and
+    another M64 window to assign 32MB segments.
+
+  Finally, the plan to use M64 windows for SR-IOV, which will be described
+  more in the next two sections.  For a given VF BAR, we need to
+  effectively reserve the entire 256 segments (256 * VF BAR size) and
+  position the VF BAR to start at the beginning of a free range of
+  segments/PEs inside that M64 window.
+
+  The goal is of course to be able to give a separate PE for each VF.
+
+  The IODA2 platform has 16 M64 windows, which are used to map MMIO
+  range to PE#.  Each M64 window defines one MMIO range and this range is
+  divided into 256 segments, with each segment corresponding to one PE.
+
+  We decide to leverage this M64 window to map VFs to individual PEs, since
+  SR-IOV VF BARs are all the same size.
+
+  But doing so introduces another problem: total_VFs is usually smaller
+  than the number of M64 window segments, so if we map one VF BAR directly
+  to one M64 window, some part of the M64 window will map to another
+  device's MMIO range.
+
+  IODA supports 256 PEs, so segmented windows contain 256 segments, so if
+  total_VFs is less than 256, we have the situation in Figure 1.0, where
+  segments [total_VFs, 255] of the M64 window may map to some MMIO range on
+  other devices:
+
+     0      1                     total_VFs - 1
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+
+     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+
+
+                           VF(n) BAR space
+
+     0      1                     total_VFs - 1                255
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |   ...  |      |      |
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+
+                           M64 window
+
+		Figure 1.0 Direct map VF(n) BAR space
+
+  Our current solution is to allocate 256 segments even if the VF(n) BAR
+  space doesn't need that much, as shown in Figure 1.1:
+
+     0      1                     total_VFs - 1                255
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |   ...  |      |      |
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+
+                           VF(n) BAR space + extra
+
+     0      1                     total_VFs - 1                255
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+     |      |      |  ...  |      |      |   ...  |      |      |
+     +------+------+-     -+------+------+-      -+------+------+
+
+			   M64 window
+
+		Figure 1.1 Map VF(n) BAR space + extra
+
+  Allocating the extra space ensures that the entire M64 window will be
+  assigned to this one SR-IOV device and none of the space will be
+  available for other devices.  Note that this only expands the space
+  reserved in software; there are still only total_VFs VFs, and they only
+  respond to segments [0, total_VFs - 1].  There's nothing in hardware that
+  responds to segments [total_VFs, 255].
+
+4. Implications for the Generic PCI Code
+
+The PCIe SR-IOV spec requires that the base of the VF(n) BAR space be
+aligned to the size of an individual VF BAR.
+
+In IODA2, the MMIO address determines the PE#.  If the address is in an M32
+window, we can set the PE# by updating the table that translates segments
+to PE#s.  Similarly, if the address is in an unsegmented M64 window, we can
+set the PE# for the window.  But if it's in a segmented M64 window, the
+segment number is the PE#.
+
+Therefore, the only way to control the PE# for a VF is to change the base
+of the VF(n) BAR space in the VF BAR.  If the PCI core allocates the exact
+amount of space required for the VF(n) BAR space, the VF BAR value is fixed
+and cannot be changed.
+
+On the other hand, if the PCI core allocates additional space, the VF BAR
+value can be changed as long as the entire VF(n) BAR space remains inside
+the space allocated by the core.
+
+Ideally the segment size will be the same as an individual VF BAR size.
+Then each VF will be in its own PE.  The VF BARs (and therefore the PE#s)
+are contiguous.  If VF0 is in PE(x), then VF(n) is in PE(x+n).  If we
+allocate 256 segments, there are (256 - numVFs) choices for the PE# of VF0.
+
+If the segment size is smaller than the VF BAR size, it will take several
+segments to cover a VF BAR, and a VF will be in several PEs.  This is
+possible, but the isolation isn't as good, and it reduces the number of PE#
+choices because instead of consuming only numVFs segments, the VF(n) BAR
+space will consume (numVFs * n) segments.  That means there aren't as many
+available segments for adjusting base of the VF(n) BAR space.
diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt
index 9791e98a..ded6979 100644
--- a/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/powerpc/transactional_memory.txt
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 kernel aborted a transaction:
 
  TM_CAUSE_RESCHED       Thread was rescheduled.
- TM_CAUSE_TLBI          Software TLB invalide.
+ TM_CAUSE_TLBI          Software TLB invalid.
  TM_CAUSE_FAC_UNAV      FP/VEC/VSX unavailable trap.
  TM_CAUSE_SYSCALL       Currently unused; future syscalls that must abort
                         transactions for consistency will use this.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 These can be checked by the user program's abort handler as TEXASR[0:7].  If
 bit 7 is set, it indicates that the error is consider persistent.  For example
-a TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT will be persistent while a TM_CAUSE_RESCHED will not.q
+a TM_CAUSE_ALIGNMENT will be persistent while a TM_CAUSE_RESCHED will not.
 
 GDB
 ===
diff --git a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
index cb6a596..2216eb1 100644
--- a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
+++ b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
 	lower ('l') or upper case ('L') hex characters - and big endian order
 	in lower ('b') or upper case ('B') hex characters.
 
-	Where no additional specifiers are used the default little endian
+	Where no additional specifiers are used the default big endian
 	order with lower case hex characters will be printed.
 
 	Passed by reference.
@@ -273,6 +273,16 @@
 
 	Passed by reference.
 
+bitmap and its derivatives such as cpumask and nodemask:
+
+	%*pb	0779
+	%*pbl	0,3-6,8-10
+
+	For printing bitmap and its derivatives such as cpumask and nodemask,
+	%*pb output the bitmap with field width as the number of bits and %*pbl
+	output the bitmap as range list with field width as the number of bits.
+
+	Passed by reference.
 
 Thank you for your cooperation and attention.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt
index f77651e..2622bc7 100644
--- a/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt
+++ b/Documentation/scheduler/completion.txt
@@ -7,24 +7,24 @@
 -------------
 
 If you have one or more threads of execution that must wait for some process
-to have reached a point or a specific state, completions can provide a race
-free solution to this problem. Semantically they are somewhat like a
-pthread_barriers and have similar use-cases.
+to have reached a point or a specific state, completions can provide a
+race-free solution to this problem. Semantically they are somewhat like a
+pthread_barrier and have similar use-cases.
 
-Completions are a code synchronization mechanism that is preferable to any
+Completions are a code synchronization mechanism which is preferable to any
 misuse of locks. Any time you think of using yield() or some quirky
-msleep(1); loop to allow something else to proceed, you probably want to
+msleep(1) loop to allow something else to proceed, you probably want to
 look into using one of the wait_for_completion*() calls instead. The
-advantage of using completions is clear intent of the code but also more
+advantage of using completions is clear intent of the code, but also more
 efficient code as both threads can continue until the result is actually
 needed.
 
 Completions are built on top of the generic event infrastructure in Linux,
-with the event reduced to a simple flag appropriately called "done" in
-struct completion, that tells the waiting threads of execution if they
+with the event reduced to a simple flag (appropriately called "done") in
+struct completion that tells the waiting threads of execution if they
 can continue safely.
 
-As completions are scheduling related the code is found in
+As completions are scheduling related, the code is found in
 kernel/sched/completion.c - for details on completion design and
 implementation see completions-design.txt
 
@@ -32,9 +32,9 @@
 Usage:
 ------
 
-There are three parts to the using completions, the initialization of the
+There are three parts to using completions, the initialization of the
 struct completion, the waiting part through a call to one of the variants of
-wait_for_completion() and the signaling side through a call to complete(),
+wait_for_completion() and the signaling side through a call to complete()
 or complete_all(). Further there are some helper functions for checking the
 state of completions.
 
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 providing the wait queue to place tasks on for waiting and the flag for
 indicating the state of affairs.
 
-Completions should be named to convey the intent of the waiter.  A good
+Completions should be named to convey the intent of the waiter. A good
 example is:
 
 	wait_for_completion(&early_console_added);
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 The re-initialization function, reinit_completion(), simply resets the
 done element to "not available", thus again to 0, without touching the
-wait queue. Calling init_completion() on the same completions object is
+wait queue. Calling init_completion() twice on the same completion object is
 most likely a bug as it re-initializes the queue to an empty queue and
 enqueued tasks could get "lost" - use reinit_completion() in that case.
 
@@ -87,10 +87,17 @@
 	DECLARE_COMPLETION_ONSTACK(setup_done)
 
 suitable for automatic/local variables on the stack and will make lockdep
-happy. Note also that one needs to making *sure* the completion passt to
+happy. Note also that one needs to make *sure* the completion passed to
 work threads remains in-scope, and no references remain to on-stack data
 when the initiating function returns.
 
+Using on-stack completions for code that calls any of the _timeout or
+_interruptible/_killable variants is not advisable as they will require
+additional synchronization to prevent the on-stack completion object in
+the timeout/signal cases from going out of scope. Consider using dynamically
+allocated completions when intending to use the _interruptible/_killable
+or _timeout variants of wait_for_completion().
+
 
 Waiting for completions:
 ------------------------
@@ -99,34 +106,38 @@
 calls wait_for_completion() on the initialized completion structure.
 A typical usage scenario is:
 
-	structure completion setup_done;
+	struct completion setup_done;
 	init_completion(&setup_done);
-	initialze_work(...,&setup_done,...)
+	initialize_work(...,&setup_done,...)
 
 	/* run non-dependent code */              /* do setup */
 
-	wait_for_completion(&seupt_done);         complete(setup_done)
+	wait_for_completion(&setup_done);         complete(setup_done)
 
-This is not implying any temporal order of wait_for_completion() and the
+This is not implying any temporal order on wait_for_completion() and the
 call to complete() - if the call to complete() happened before the call
 to wait_for_completion() then the waiting side simply will continue
-immediately as all dependencies are satisfied.
+immediately as all dependencies are satisfied if not it will block until
+completion is signaled by complete().
 
-Note that wait_for_completion() is calling spin_lock_irq/spin_unlock_irq
+Note that wait_for_completion() is calling spin_lock_irq()/spin_unlock_irq(),
 so it can only be called safely when you know that interrupts are enabled.
-Calling it from hard-irq context will result in hard to detect spurious
-enabling of interrupts.
+Calling it from hard-irq or irqs-off atomic contexts will result in
+hard-to-detect spurious enabling of interrupts.
 
 wait_for_completion():
 
 	void wait_for_completion(struct completion *done):
 
-The default behavior is to wait without a timeout and mark the task as
+The default behavior is to wait without a timeout and to mark the task as
 uninterruptible. wait_for_completion() and its variants are only safe
-in soft-interrupt or process context but not in hard-irq context.
+in process context (as they can sleep) but not in atomic context,
+interrupt context, with disabled irqs. or preemption is disabled - see also
+try_wait_for_completion() below for handling completion in atomic/interrupt
+context.
+
 As all variants of wait_for_completion() can (obviously) block for a long
-time, you probably don't want to call this with held locks - see also
-try_wait_for_completion() below.
+time, you probably don't want to call this with held mutexes.
 
 
 Variants available:
@@ -141,43 +152,44 @@
 so care should be taken with assigning return-values to variables of proper
 type. Checking for the specific meaning of return values also has been found
 to be quite inaccurate e.g. constructs like
-if(!wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(...)) would execute the same
+if (!wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(...)) would execute the same
 code path for successful completion and for the interrupted case - which is
 probably not what you want.
 
 	int wait_for_completion_interruptible(struct completion *done)
 
-marking the task TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a signal was received while waiting.
-It will return -ERESTARTSYS and 0 otherwise.
+This function marks the task TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a signal was received
+while waiting it will return -ERESTARTSYS; 0 otherwise.
 
 	unsigned long wait_for_completion_timeout(struct completion *done,
 		unsigned long timeout)
 
-The task is marked as TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE and will wait at most timeout
-(in jiffies). If timeout occurs it return 0 else the remaining time in
-jiffies (but at least 1). Timeouts are preferably passed by msecs_to_jiffies()
-or usecs_to_jiffies(). If the returned timeout value is deliberately ignored
-a comment should probably explain why (e.g. see drivers/mfd/wm8350-core.c
-wm8350_read_auxadc())
+The task is marked as TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE and will wait at most 'timeout'
+(in jiffies). If timeout occurs it returns 0 else the remaining time in
+jiffies (but at least 1). Timeouts are preferably calculated with
+msecs_to_jiffies() or usecs_to_jiffies(). If the returned timeout value is
+deliberately ignored a comment should probably explain why (e.g. see
+drivers/mfd/wm8350-core.c wm8350_read_auxadc())
 
 	long wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout(
 		struct completion *done, unsigned long timeout)
 
-passing a timeout in jiffies and marking the task as TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a
-signal was received it will return -ERESTARTSYS, 0 if completion timed-out and
-the remaining time in jiffies if completion occurred.
+This function passes a timeout in jiffies and marks the task as
+TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE. If a signal was received it will return -ERESTARTSYS;
+otherwise it returns 0 if the completion timed out or the remaining time in
+jiffies if completion occurred.
 
-Further variants include _killable which passes TASK_KILLABLE as the
-designated tasks state and will return a -ERESTARTSYS if interrupted or
-else 0 if completions was achieved as well as a _timeout variant.
+Further variants include _killable which uses TASK_KILLABLE as the
+designated tasks state and will return -ERESTARTSYS if it is interrupted or
+else 0 if completion was achieved.  There is a _timeout variant as well:
 
 	long wait_for_completion_killable(struct completion *done)
 	long wait_for_completion_killable_timeout(struct completion *done,
 		unsigned long timeout)
 
-The _io variants wait_for_completion_io behave the same as the non-_io
+The _io variants wait_for_completion_io() behave the same as the non-_io
 variants, except for accounting waiting time as waiting on IO, which has
-an impact on how scheduling is calculated.
+an impact on how the task is accounted in scheduling stats.
 
 	void wait_for_completion_io(struct completion *done)
 	unsigned long wait_for_completion_io_timeout(struct completion *done
@@ -187,13 +199,13 @@
 Signaling completions:
 ----------------------
 
-A thread of execution that wants to signal that the conditions for
-continuation have been achieved calls complete() to signal exactly one
-of the waiters that it can continue.
+A thread that wants to signal that the conditions for continuation have been
+achieved calls complete() to signal exactly one of the waiters that it can
+continue.
 
 	void complete(struct completion *done)
 
-or calls complete_all to signal all current and future waiters.
+or calls complete_all() to signal all current and future waiters.
 
 	void complete_all(struct completion *done)
 
@@ -205,32 +217,32 @@
 If complete() is called multiple times then this will allow for that number
 of waiters to continue - each call to complete() will simply increment the
 done element. Calling complete_all() multiple times is a bug though. Both
-complete() and complete_all() can be called in hard-irq context safely.
+complete() and complete_all() can be called in hard-irq/atomic context safely.
 
 There only can be one thread calling complete() or complete_all() on a
-particular struct completions at any time - serialized through the wait
+particular struct completion at any time - serialized through the wait
 queue spinlock. Any such concurrent calls to complete() or complete_all()
 probably are a design bug.
 
 Signaling completion from hard-irq context is fine as it will appropriately
-lock with spin_lock_irqsave/spin_unlock_irqrestore.
+lock with spin_lock_irqsave/spin_unlock_irqrestore and it will never sleep.
 
 
 try_wait_for_completion()/completion_done():
 --------------------------------------------
 
-The try_wait_for_completion will not put the thread on the wait queue but
-rather returns false if it would need to enqueue (block) the thread, else it
-consumes any posted completions and returns true.
+The try_wait_for_completion() function will not put the thread on the wait
+queue but rather returns false if it would need to enqueue (block) the thread,
+else it consumes one posted completion and returns true.
 
-     bool try_wait_for_completion(struct completion *done)
+	bool try_wait_for_completion(struct completion *done)
 
-Finally to check state of a completions without changing it in any way is
-provided by completion_done() returning false if there are any posted
-completion that was not yet consumed by waiters implying that there are
-waiters and true otherwise;
+Finally, to check the state of a completion without changing it in any way, 
+call completion_done(), which returns false if there are no posted
+completions that were not yet consumed by waiters (implying that there are
+waiters) and true otherwise;
 
-     bool completion_done(struct completion *done)
+	bool completion_done(struct completion *done)
 
 Both try_wait_for_completion() and completion_done() are safe to be called in
-hard-irq context.
+hard-irq or atomic context.
diff --git a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt
index 1e52d67..dbe6623 100644
--- a/Documentation/serial/tty.txt
+++ b/Documentation/serial/tty.txt
@@ -198,6 +198,9 @@
 
 TTY_OTHER_CLOSED	Device is a pty and the other side has closed.
 
+TTY_OTHER_DONE		Device is a pty and the other side has closed and
+			all pending input processing has been completed.
+
 TTY_NO_WRITE_SPLIT	Prevent driver from splitting up writes into
 			smaller chunks.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c b/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c
index 94f574b..135b3f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c
+++ b/Documentation/spi/spidev_test.c
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
  *  Unescape - process hexadecimal escape character
  *      converts shell input "\x23" -> 0x23
  */
-int unespcape(char *_dst, char *_src, size_t len)
+static int unescape(char *_dst, char *_src, size_t len)
 {
 	int ret = 0;
 	char *src = _src;
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
 		size = strlen(input_tx+1);
 		tx = malloc(size);
 		rx = malloc(size);
-		size = unespcape((char *)tx, input_tx, size);
+		size = unescape((char *)tx, input_tx, size);
 		transfer(fd, tx, rx, size);
 		free(rx);
 		free(tx);
diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
index 99d7eb3..c831001 100644
--- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
+++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt
@@ -872,6 +872,27 @@
 
 ==============================================================
 
+threads-max
+
+This value controls the maximum number of threads that can be created
+using fork().
+
+During initialization the kernel sets this value such that even if the
+maximum number of threads is created, the thread structures occupy only
+a part (1/8th) of the available RAM pages.
+
+The minimum value that can be written to threads-max is 20.
+The maximum value that can be written to threads-max is given by the
+constant FUTEX_TID_MASK (0x3fffffff).
+If a value outside of this range is written to threads-max an error
+EINVAL occurs.
+
+The value written is checked against the available RAM pages. If the
+thread structures would occupy too much (more than 1/8th) of the
+available RAM pages threads-max is reduced accordingly.
+
+==============================================================
+
 unknown_nmi_panic:
 
 The value in this file affects behavior of handling NMI. When the
diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
index 2b47704..2ba71ce 100755
--- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
+++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py
@@ -237,8 +237,7 @@
 	buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_base.h\"\n"
 	buf += "#include \"" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric.h\"\n\n"
 
-	buf += "/* Local pointer to allocated TCM configfs fabric module */\n"
-	buf += "struct target_fabric_configfs *" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs;\n\n"
+	buf += "static const struct target_core_fabric_ops " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops;\n\n"
 
 	buf += "static struct se_node_acl *" + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl(\n"
 	buf += "	struct se_portal_group *se_tpg,\n"
@@ -309,8 +308,8 @@
 	buf += "	}\n"
 	buf += "	tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + " = " + fabric_mod_port + ";\n"
 	buf += "	tpg->" + fabric_mod_port + "_tpgt = tpgt;\n\n"
-	buf += "	ret = core_tpg_register(&" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs->tf_ops, wwn,\n"
-	buf += "				&tpg->se_tpg, (void *)tpg,\n"
+	buf += "	ret = core_tpg_register(&" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops, wwn,\n"
+	buf += "				&tpg->se_tpg, tpg,\n"
 	buf += "				TRANSPORT_TPG_TYPE_NORMAL);\n"
 	buf += "	if (ret < 0) {\n"
 	buf += "		kfree(tpg);\n"
@@ -370,7 +369,10 @@
 	buf += "	NULL,\n"
 	buf += "};\n\n"
 
-	buf += "static struct target_core_fabric_ops " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops = {\n"
+	buf += "static const struct target_core_fabric_ops " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops = {\n"
+	buf += "	.module				= THIS_MODULE,\n"
+	buf += "	.name				= " + fabric_mod_name + ",\n"
+	buf += "	.get_fabric_proto_ident		= " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_proto_ident,\n"
 	buf += "	.get_fabric_name		= " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_name,\n"
 	buf += "	.get_fabric_proto_ident		= " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_proto_ident,\n"
 	buf += "	.tpg_get_wwn			= " + fabric_mod_name + "_get_fabric_wwn,\n"
@@ -413,75 +415,18 @@
 	buf += "	.fabric_drop_np			= NULL,\n"
 	buf += "	.fabric_make_nodeacl		= " + fabric_mod_name + "_make_nodeacl,\n"
 	buf += "	.fabric_drop_nodeacl		= " + fabric_mod_name + "_drop_nodeacl,\n"
-	buf += "};\n\n"
-
-	buf += "static int " + fabric_mod_name + "_register_configfs(void)\n"
-	buf += "{\n"
-	buf += "	struct target_fabric_configfs *fabric;\n"
-	buf += "	int ret;\n\n"
-	buf += "	printk(KERN_INFO \"" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + " fabric module %s on %s/%s\"\n"
-	buf += "		\" on \"UTS_RELEASE\"\\n\"," + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "_VERSION, utsname()->sysname,\n"
-	buf += "		utsname()->machine);\n"
-	buf += "	/*\n"
-	buf += "	 * Register the top level struct config_item_type with TCM core\n"
-	buf += "	 */\n"
-	buf += "	fabric = target_fabric_configfs_init(THIS_MODULE, \"" + fabric_mod_name + "\");\n"
-	buf += "	if (IS_ERR(fabric)) {\n"
-	buf += "		printk(KERN_ERR \"target_fabric_configfs_init() failed\\n\");\n"
-	buf += "		return PTR_ERR(fabric);\n"
-	buf += "	}\n"
-	buf += "	/*\n"
-	buf += "	 * Setup fabric->tf_ops from our local " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops\n"
-	buf += "	 */\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_ops = " + fabric_mod_name + "_ops;\n"
-	buf += "	/*\n"
-	buf += "	 * Setup default attribute lists for various fabric->tf_cit_tmpl\n"
-	buf += "	 */\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_wwn_cit.ct_attrs = " + fabric_mod_name + "_wwn_attrs;\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_base_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_attrib_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_param_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_np_base_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_nacl_base_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_nacl_attrib_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_nacl_auth_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n"
-	buf += "	fabric->tf_cit_tmpl.tfc_tpg_nacl_param_cit.ct_attrs = NULL;\n"
-	buf += "	/*\n"
-	buf += "	 * Register the fabric for use within TCM\n"
-	buf += "	 */\n"
-	buf += "	ret = target_fabric_configfs_register(fabric);\n"
-	buf += "	if (ret < 0) {\n"
-	buf += "		printk(KERN_ERR \"target_fabric_configfs_register() failed\"\n"
-	buf += "				\" for " + fabric_mod_name.upper() + "\\n\");\n"
-	buf += "		return ret;\n"
-	buf += "	}\n"
-	buf += "	/*\n"
-	buf += "	 * Setup our local pointer to *fabric\n"
-	buf += "	 */\n"
-	buf += "	" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs = fabric;\n"
-	buf += "	printk(KERN_INFO \"" +  fabric_mod_name.upper() + "[0] - Set fabric -> " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs\\n\");\n"
-	buf += "	return 0;\n"
-	buf += "};\n\n"
-	buf += "static void __exit " + fabric_mod_name + "_deregister_configfs(void)\n"
-	buf += "{\n"
-	buf += "	if (!" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs)\n"
-	buf += "		return;\n\n"
-	buf += "	target_fabric_configfs_deregister(" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs);\n"
-	buf += "	" + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs = NULL;\n"
-	buf += "	printk(KERN_INFO \"" +  fabric_mod_name.upper() + "[0] - Cleared " + fabric_mod_name + "_fabric_configfs\\n\");\n"
+	buf += "\n"
+	buf += "	.tfc_wwn_attrs			= " + fabric_mod_name + "_wwn_attrs;\n"
 	buf += "};\n\n"
 
 	buf += "static int __init " + fabric_mod_name + "_init(void)\n"
 	buf += "{\n"
-	buf += "	int ret;\n\n"
-	buf += "	ret = " + fabric_mod_name + "_register_configfs();\n"
-	buf += "	if (ret < 0)\n"
-	buf += "		return ret;\n\n"
-	buf += "	return 0;\n"
+	buf += "	return target_register_template(" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops);\n"
 	buf += "};\n\n"
+
 	buf += "static void __exit " + fabric_mod_name + "_exit(void)\n"
 	buf += "{\n"
-	buf += "	" + fabric_mod_name + "_deregister_configfs();\n"
+	buf += "	target_unregister_template(" + fabric_mod_name + "_ops);\n"
 	buf += "};\n\n"
 
 	buf += "MODULE_DESCRIPTION(\"" + fabric_mod_name.upper() + " series fabric driver\");\n"
diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt b/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt
index 5518465..43e94ea 100644
--- a/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt
+++ b/Documentation/target/tcmu-design.txt
@@ -138,27 +138,40 @@
 cmd_tail, the ring is empty -- no commands are currently waiting to be
 processed by userspace.
 
-TCMU commands start with a common header containing "len_op", a 32-bit
-value that stores the length, as well as the opcode in the lowest
-unused bits. Currently only two opcodes are defined, TCMU_OP_PAD and
-TCMU_OP_CMD. When userspace encounters a command with PAD opcode, it
-should skip ahead by the bytes in "length". (The kernel inserts PAD
-entries to ensure each CMD entry fits contigously into the circular
-buffer.)
+TCMU commands are 8-byte aligned. They start with a common header
+containing "len_op", a 32-bit value that stores the length, as well as
+the opcode in the lowest unused bits. It also contains cmd_id and
+flags fields for setting by the kernel (kflags) and userspace
+(uflags).
 
-When userspace handles a CMD, it finds the SCSI CDB (Command Data
-Block) via tcmu_cmd_entry.req.cdb_off. This is an offset from the
-start of the overall shared memory region, not the entry. The data
-in/out buffers are accessible via tht req.iov[] array. Note that
-each iov.iov_base is also an offset from the start of the region.
+Currently only two opcodes are defined, TCMU_OP_CMD and TCMU_OP_PAD.
 
-TCMU currently does not support BIDI operations.
+When the opcode is CMD, the entry in the command ring is a struct
+tcmu_cmd_entry. Userspace finds the SCSI CDB (Command Data Block) via
+tcmu_cmd_entry.req.cdb_off. This is an offset from the start of the
+overall shared memory region, not the entry. The data in/out buffers
+are accessible via tht req.iov[] array. iov_cnt contains the number of
+entries in iov[] needed to describe either the Data-In or Data-Out
+buffers. For bidirectional commands, iov_cnt specifies how many iovec
+entries cover the Data-Out area, and iov_bidi_count specifies how many
+iovec entries immediately after that in iov[] cover the Data-In
+area. Just like other fields, iov.iov_base is an offset from the start
+of the region.
 
 When completing a command, userspace sets rsp.scsi_status, and
 rsp.sense_buffer if necessary. Userspace then increments
 mailbox.cmd_tail by entry.hdr.length (mod cmdr_size) and signals the
 kernel via the UIO method, a 4-byte write to the file descriptor.
 
+When the opcode is PAD, userspace only updates cmd_tail as above --
+it's a no-op. (The kernel inserts PAD entries to ensure each CMD entry
+is contiguous within the command ring.)
+
+More opcodes may be added in the future. If userspace encounters an
+opcode it does not handle, it must set UNKNOWN_OP bit (bit 0) in
+hdr.uflags, update cmd_tail, and proceed with processing additional
+commands, if any.
+
 The Data Area:
 
 This is shared-memory space after the command ring. The organization
diff --git a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt
index 0236155..77d14d5 100644
--- a/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt
+++ b/Documentation/trace/coresight.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 HW assisted tracing is becoming increasingly useful when dealing with systems
 that have many SoCs and other components like GPU and DMA engines.  ARM has
 developed a HW assisted tracing solution by means of different components, each
-being added to a design at systhesis time to cater to specific tracing needs.
+being added to a design at synthesis time to cater to specific tracing needs.
 Compoments are generally categorised as source, link and sinks and are
 (usually) discovered using the AMBA bus.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
index 0f84ce8..5517db6 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
@@ -344,7 +344,9 @@
 	}
 
 Note that you use the 'new value' union as well in g_volatile_ctrl. In general
-controls that need to implement g_volatile_ctrl are read-only controls.
+controls that need to implement g_volatile_ctrl are read-only controls. If they
+are not, a V4L2_EVENT_CTRL_CH_VALUE will not be generated when the control
+changes.
 
 To mark a control as volatile you have to set V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_VOLATILE:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
index f586e29..59e619f 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
@@ -793,8 +793,8 @@
 
 Whenever a device node is created some attributes are also created for you.
 If you look in /sys/class/video4linux you see the devices. Go into e.g.
-video0 and you will see 'name', 'debug' and 'index' attributes. The 'name'
-attribute is the 'name' field of the video_device struct. The 'debug' attribute
+video0 and you will see 'name', 'dev_debug' and 'index' attributes. The 'name'
+attribute is the 'name' field of the video_device struct. The 'dev_debug' attribute
 can be used to enable core debugging. See the next section for more detailed
 information on this.
 
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@
 video device debugging
 ----------------------
 
-The 'debug' attribute that is created for each video, vbi, radio or swradio
+The 'dev_debug' attribute that is created for each video, vbi, radio or swradio
 device in /sys/class/video4linux/<devX>/ allows you to enable logging of
 file operations.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt
index 6cfc854..cd4b5a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/vivid.txt
@@ -912,6 +912,11 @@
   sequence and field counting in struct v4l2_buffer on the capture side may not
   be 100% accurate.
 
+- field settings V4L2_FIELD_SEQ_TB/BT are not supported. While it is possible to
+  implement this, it would mean a lot of work to get this right. Since these
+  field values are rarely used the decision was made not to implement this for
+  now.
+
 - on the input side the "Standard Signal Mode" for the S-Video input or the
   "DV Timings Signal Mode" for the HDMI input should be configured so that a
   valid signal is passed to the video input.
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
index bc9f6fe..9fa2bf8 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt
@@ -3573,3 +3573,20 @@
 @ar   - access register number
 
 KVM handlers should exit to userspace with rc = -EREMOTE.
+
+
+8. Other capabilities.
+----------------------
+
+This section lists capabilities that give information about other
+features of the KVM implementation.
+
+8.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_HWRNG
+
+Architectures: ppc
+
+This capability, if KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION indicates that it is
+available, means that that the kernel has an implementation of the
+H_RANDOM hypercall backed by a hardware random-number generator.
+If present, the kernel H_RANDOM handler can be enabled for guest use
+with the KVM_CAP_PPC_ENABLE_HCALL capability.
diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt
index 53838d9..c59bd9b 100644
--- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt
@@ -169,6 +169,10 @@
     Contains the value of cr4.smep && !cr0.wp for which the page is valid
     (pages for which this is true are different from other pages; see the
     treatment of cr0.wp=0 below).
+  role.smap_andnot_wp:
+    Contains the value of cr4.smap && !cr0.wp for which the page is valid
+    (pages for which this is true are different from other pages; see the
+    treatment of cr0.wp=0 below).
   gfn:
     Either the guest page table containing the translations shadowed by this
     page, or the base page frame for linear translations.  See role.direct.
@@ -344,10 +348,16 @@
 
 (user write faults generate a #PF)
 
-In the first case there is an additional complication if CR4.SMEP is
-enabled: since we've turned the page into a kernel page, the kernel may now
-execute it.  We handle this by also setting spte.nx.  If we get a user
-fetch or read fault, we'll change spte.u=1 and spte.nx=gpte.nx back.
+In the first case there are two additional complications:
+- if CR4.SMEP is enabled: since we've turned the page into a kernel page,
+  the kernel may now execute it.  We handle this by also setting spte.nx.
+  If we get a user fetch or read fault, we'll change spte.u=1 and
+  spte.nx=gpte.nx back.
+- if CR4.SMAP is disabled: since the page has been changed to a kernel
+  page, it can not be reused when CR4.SMAP is enabled. We set
+  CR4.SMAP && !CR0.WP into shadow page's role to avoid this case. Note,
+  here we do not care the case that CR4.SMAP is enabled since KVM will
+  directly inject #PF to guest due to failed permission check.
 
 To prevent an spte that was converted into a kernel page with cr0.wp=0
 from being written by the kernel after cr0.wp has changed to 1, we make
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt
index 6fbd55ef..6bfbc17 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt
@@ -131,7 +131,8 @@
 13. SWAPCACHE   page is mapped to swap space, ie. has an associated swap entry
 14. SWAPBACKED  page is backed by swap/RAM
 
-The page-types tool in this directory can be used to query the above flags.
+The page-types tool in the tools/vm directory can be used to query the
+above flags.
 
 Using pagemap to do something useful:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt
index 6b31cfb..8143b9e 100644
--- a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt
+++ b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt
@@ -159,6 +159,17 @@
 
 /sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/khugepaged/full_scans
 
+max_ptes_none specifies how many extra small pages (that are
+not already mapped) can be allocated when collapsing a group
+of small pages into one large page.
+
+/sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/khugepaged/max_ptes_none
+
+A higher value leads to use additional memory for programs.
+A lower value leads to gain less thp performance. Value of
+max_ptes_none can waste cpu time very little, you can
+ignore it.
+
 == Boot parameter ==
 
 You can change the sysfs boot time defaults of Transparent Hugepage
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt
index 6f6d956..7cd36af 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/booting.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@
 交流有困难的话,也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
 译存在问题,请联系中文版维护者。
 
+本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为: bc465aa9d045feb0e13b4a8f32cc33c1943f62d6
+
 英文版维护者: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
 中文版维护者: 傅炜  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版翻译者: 傅炜  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
@@ -88,22 +90,44 @@
 
   u32 code0;			/* 可执行代码 */
   u32 code1;			/* 可执行代码 */
-  u64 text_offset;		/* 映像装载偏移 */
-  u64 res0	= 0;		/* 保留 */
-  u64 res1	= 0;		/* 保留 */
+  u64 text_offset;		/* 映像装载偏移,小端模式 */
+  u64 image_size;		/* 映像实际大小, 小端模式 */
+  u64 flags;			/* 内核旗标, 小端模式 *
   u64 res2	= 0;		/* 保留 */
   u64 res3	= 0;		/* 保留 */
   u64 res4	= 0;		/* 保留 */
   u32 magic	= 0x644d5241;	/* 魔数, 小端, "ARM\x64" */
-  u32 res5 = 0;      		/* 保留 */
+  u32 res5;      		/* 保留 (用于 PE COFF 偏移) */
 
 
 映像头注释:
 
+- 自 v3.17 起,除非另有说明,所有域都是小端模式。
+
 - code0/code1 负责跳转到 stext.
 
-映像必须位于系统 RAM 起始处的特定偏移(当前是 0x80000)。系统 RAM
-的起始地址必须是以 2MB 对齐的。
+- 当通过 EFI 启动时, 最初 code0/code1 被跳过。
+  res5 是到 PE 文件头的偏移,而 PE 文件头含有 EFI 的启动入口点 (efi_stub_entry)。
+  当 stub 代码完成了它的使命,它会跳转到 code0 继续正常的启动流程。
+
+- v3.17 之前,未明确指定 text_offset 的字节序。此时,image_size 为零,
+  且 text_offset 依照内核字节序为 0x80000。
+  当 image_size 非零,text_offset 为小端模式且是有效值,应被引导加载程序使用。
+  当 image_size 为零,text_offset 可假定为 0x80000。
+
+- flags 域 (v3.17 引入) 为 64 位小端模式,其编码如下:
+  位 0: 	内核字节序。 1 表示大端模式,0 表示小端模式。
+  位 1-63:	保留。
+
+- 当 image_size 为零时,引导装载程序应该试图在内核映像末尾之后尽可能多地保留空闲内存
+  供内核直接使用。对内存空间的需求量因所选定的内核特性而异, 且无实际限制。
+
+内核映像必须被放置在靠近可用系统内存起始的 2MB 对齐为基址的 text_offset 字节处,并从那里被调用。
+当前,对 Linux 来说在此基址以下的内存是无法使用的,因此强烈建议将系统内存的起始作为这个基址。
+从映像起始地址算起,最少必须为内核释放出 image_size 字节的空间。
+
+任何提供给内核的内存(甚至在 2MB 对齐的基地址之前),若未从内核中标记为保留
+(如在设备树(dtb)的 memreserve 区域),都将被认为对内核是可用。
 
 在跳转入内核前,必须符合以下状态:
 
@@ -124,8 +148,12 @@
 - 高速缓存、MMU
   MMU 必须关闭。
   指令缓存开启或关闭都可以。
-  数据缓存必须关闭且无效。
-  外部高速缓存(如果存在)必须配置并禁用。
+  已载入的内核映像的相应内存区必须被清理,以达到缓存一致性点(PoC)。
+  当存在系统缓存或其他使能缓存的一致性主控器时,通常需使用虚拟地址维护其缓存,而非 set/way 操作。
+  遵从通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存必须被配置,并可以被使能。
+  而不通过虚拟地址操作维护构架缓存的系统缓存(不推荐),必须被配置且禁用。
+
+  *译者注:对于 PoC 以及缓存相关内容,请参考 ARMv8 构架参考手册 ARM DDI 0487A
 
 - 架构计时器
   CNTFRQ 必须设定为计时器的频率,且 CNTVOFF 必须设定为对所有 CPU
@@ -141,6 +169,14 @@
   在进入内核映像的异常级中,所有构架中可写的系统寄存器必须通过软件
   在一个更高的异常级别下初始化,以防止在 未知 状态下运行。
 
+  对于拥有 GICv3 中断控制器的系统:
+  - 若当前在 EL3 :
+    ICC_SRE_EL3.Enable (位 3) 必须初始化为 0b1。
+    ICC_SRE_EL3.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b1。
+  - 若内核运行在 EL1:
+    ICC_SRE_EL2.Enable (位 3) 必须初始化为 0b1。
+    ICC_SRE_EL2.SRE (位 0) 必须初始化为 0b1。
+
 以上对于 CPU 模式、高速缓存、MMU、架构计时器、一致性、系统寄存器的
 必要条件描述适用于所有 CPU。所有 CPU 必须在同一异常级别跳入内核。
 
@@ -170,7 +206,7 @@
   ARM DEN 0022A:用于 ARM 上的电源状态协调接口系统软件)中描述的
   CPU_ON 调用来将 CPU 带入内核。
 
-  *译者注:到文档翻译时,此文档已更新为 ARM DEN 0022B。
+  *译者注: ARM DEN 0022A 已更新到 ARM DEN 0022C。
 
   设备树必须包含一个 ‘psci’ 节点,请参考以下文档:
   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/psci.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68362a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+Chinese translated version of Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt
+
+If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the
+original document maintainer directly.  However, if you have a problem
+communicating in English you can also ask the Chinese maintainer for
+help.  Contact the Chinese maintainer if this translation is outdated
+or if there is a problem with the translation.
+
+Maintainer: Punit Agrawal <punit.agrawal@arm.com>
+            Suzuki K. Poulose <suzuki.poulose@arm.com>
+Chinese maintainer: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+Documentation/arm64/legacy_instructions.txt 的中文翻译
+
+如果想评论或更新本文的内容,请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文
+交流有困难的话,也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
+译存在问题,请联系中文版维护者。
+
+本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为: bc465aa9d045feb0e13b4a8f32cc33c1943f62d6
+
+英文版维护者: Punit Agrawal <punit.agrawal@arm.com>
+            Suzuki K. Poulose <suzuki.poulose@arm.com>
+中文版维护者: 傅炜  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+中文版翻译者: 傅炜  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+中文版校译者: 傅炜  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
+
+以下为正文
+---------------------------------------------------------------------
+Linux 内核在 arm64 上的移植提供了一个基础框架,以支持构架中正在被淘汰或已废弃指令的模拟执行。
+这个基础框架的代码使用未定义指令钩子(hooks)来支持模拟。如果指令存在,它也允许在硬件中启用该指令。
+
+模拟模式可通过写 sysctl 节点(/proc/sys/abi)来控制。
+不同的执行方式及 sysctl 节点的相应值,解释如下:
+
+* Undef(未定义)
+  值: 0
+  产生未定义指令终止异常。它是那些构架中已废弃的指令,如 SWP,的默认处理方式。
+
+* Emulate(模拟)
+  值: 1
+  使用软件模拟方式。为解决软件迁移问题,这种模拟指令模式的使用是被跟踪的,并会发出速率限制警告。
+  它是那些构架中正在被淘汰的指令,如 CP15 barriers(隔离指令),的默认处理方式。
+
+* Hardware Execution(硬件执行)
+  值: 2
+  虽然标记为正在被淘汰,但一些实现可能提供硬件执行这些指令的使能/禁用操作。
+  使用硬件执行一般会有更好的性能,但将无法收集运行时对正被淘汰指令的使用统计数据。
+
+默认执行模式依赖于指令在构架中状态。正在被淘汰的指令应该以模拟(Emulate)作为默认模式,
+而已废弃的指令必须默认使用未定义(Undef)模式
+
+注意:指令模拟可能无法应对所有情况。更多详情请参考单独的指令注释。
+
+受支持的遗留指令
+-------------
+* SWP{B}
+节点: /proc/sys/abi/swp
+状态: 已废弃
+默认执行方式: Undef (0)
+
+* CP15 Barriers
+节点: /proc/sys/abi/cp15_barrier
+状态: 正被淘汰,不推荐使用
+默认执行方式: Emulate (1)
+
+* SETEND
+节点: /proc/sys/abi/setend
+状态: 正被淘汰,不推荐使用
+默认执行方式: Emulate (1)*
+注:为了使能这个特性,系统中的所有 CPU 必须在 EL0 支持混合字节序。
+如果一个新的 CPU (不支持混合字节序) 在使能这个特性后被热插入系统,
+在应用中可能会出现不可预期的结果。
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt
index a782704..19b3a52d 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/arm64/memory.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@
 交流有困难的话,也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻
 译存在问题,请联系中文版维护者。
 
+本文翻译提交时的 Git 检出点为: bc465aa9d045feb0e13b4a8f32cc33c1943f62d6
+
 英文版维护者: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
 中文版维护者: 傅炜  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
 中文版翻译者: 傅炜  Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
@@ -26,69 +28,53 @@
 		     ===========================
 
 作者: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
-日期: 2012 年 02 月 20 日
 
 本文档描述 AArch64 Linux 内核所使用的虚拟内存布局。此构架可以实现
 页大小为 4KB 的 4 级转换表和页大小为 64KB 的 3 级转换表。
 
-AArch64 Linux 使用页大小为 4KB 的 3 级转换表配置,对于用户和内核
-都有 39-bit (512GB) 的虚拟地址空间。对于页大小为 64KB的配置,仅
-使用 2 级转换表,但内存布局相同。
+AArch64 Linux 使用 3 级或 4 级转换表,其页大小配置为 4KB,对于用户和内核
+分别都有 39-bit (512GB) 或 48-bit (256TB) 的虚拟地址空间。
+对于页大小为 64KB的配置,仅使用 2 级转换表,有 42-bit (4TB) 的虚拟地址空间,但内存布局相同。
 
-用户地址空间的 63:39 位为 0,而内核地址空间的相应位为 1。TTBRx 的
+用户地址空间的 63:48 位为 0,而内核地址空间的相应位为 1。TTBRx 的
 选择由虚拟地址的 63 位给出。swapper_pg_dir 仅包含内核(全局)映射,
-而用户 pgd 仅包含用户(非全局)映射。swapper_pgd_dir 地址被写入
+而用户 pgd 仅包含用户(非全局)映射。swapper_pg_dir 地址被写入
 TTBR1 中,且从不写入 TTBR0。
 
 
-AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 4KB 时的内存布局:
+AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 4KB,并使用 3 级转换表时的内存布局:
 
 起始地址			结束地址			大小		用途
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 0000000000000000	0000007fffffffff	 512GB		用户空间
-
-ffffff8000000000	ffffffbbfffeffff	~240GB		vmalloc
-
-ffffffbbffff0000	ffffffbbffffffff	  64KB		[防护页]
-
-ffffffbc00000000	ffffffbdffffffff	   8GB		vmemmap
-
-ffffffbe00000000	ffffffbffbbfffff	  ~8GB		[防护页,未来用于 vmmemap]
-
-ffffffbffbc00000	ffffffbffbdfffff	   2MB		earlyprintk 设备
-
-ffffffbffbe00000	ffffffbffbe0ffff	  64KB		PCI I/O 空间
-
-ffffffbffbe10000	ffffffbcffffffff	  ~2MB		[防护页]
-
-ffffffbffc000000	ffffffbfffffffff	  64MB		模块
-
-ffffffc000000000	ffffffffffffffff	 256GB		内核逻辑内存映射
+ffffff8000000000	ffffffffffffffff	 512GB		内核空间
 
 
-AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 64KB 时的内存布局:
+AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 4KB,并使用 4 级转换表时的内存布局:
+
+起始地址			结束地址			大小		用途
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+0000000000000000	0000ffffffffffff	 256TB		用户空间
+ffff000000000000	ffffffffffffffff	 256TB		内核空间
+
+
+AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 64KB,并使用 2 级转换表时的内存布局:
 
 起始地址			结束地址			大小		用途
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 0000000000000000	000003ffffffffff	   4TB		用户空间
+fffffc0000000000	ffffffffffffffff	   4TB		内核空间
 
-fffffc0000000000	fffffdfbfffeffff	  ~2TB		vmalloc
 
-fffffdfbffff0000	fffffdfbffffffff	  64KB		[防护页]
+AArch64 Linux 在页大小为 64KB,并使用 3 级转换表时的内存布局:
 
-fffffdfc00000000	fffffdfdffffffff	   8GB		vmemmap
+起始地址			结束地址			大小		用途
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+0000000000000000	0000ffffffffffff	 256TB		用户空间
+ffff000000000000	ffffffffffffffff	 256TB		内核空间
 
-fffffdfe00000000	fffffdfffbbfffff	  ~8GB		[防护页,未来用于 vmmemap]
 
-fffffdfffbc00000	fffffdfffbdfffff	   2MB		earlyprintk 设备
-
-fffffdfffbe00000	fffffdfffbe0ffff	  64KB		PCI I/O 空间
-
-fffffdfffbe10000	fffffdfffbffffff	  ~2MB		[防护页]
-
-fffffdfffc000000	fffffdffffffffff	  64MB		模块
-
-fffffe0000000000	ffffffffffffffff	   2TB		内核逻辑内存映射
+更详细的内核虚拟内存布局,请参阅内核启动信息。
 
 
 4KB 页大小的转换表查找:
@@ -102,7 +88,7 @@
  |                 |         |         |         +-> [20:12] L3 索引
  |                 |         |         +-----------> [29:21] L2 索引
  |                 |         +---------------------> [38:30] L1 索引
- |                 +-------------------------------> [47:39] L0 索引 (未使用)
+ |                 +-------------------------------> [47:39] L0 索引
  +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1
 
 
@@ -115,10 +101,11 @@
  |                 |    |               |              v
  |                 |    |               |            [15:0]  页内偏移
  |                 |    |               +----------> [28:16] L3 索引
- |                 |    +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 索引 (仅使用 38:29 )
- |                 +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 索引 (未使用)
+ |                 |    +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 索引
+ |                 +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 索引
  +-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1
 
+
 当使用 KVM 时, 管理程序(hypervisor)在 EL2 中通过相对内核虚拟地址的
 一个固定偏移来映射内核页(内核虚拟地址的高 24 位设为零):
 
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
index 56a432d..60d24f2 100644
--- a/MAINTAINERS
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -569,6 +569,12 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	drivers/mailbox/mailbox-altera.c
 
+ALTERA PIO DRIVER
+M:	Tien Hock Loh <thloh@altera.com>
+L:	linux-gpio@vger.kernel.org
+S:	Maintained
+F:	drivers/gpio/gpio-altera.c
+
 ALTERA TRIPLE SPEED ETHERNET DRIVER
 M:	Vince Bridgers <vbridger@opensource.altera.com>
 L:	netdev@vger.kernel.org
@@ -880,12 +886,16 @@
 F:	drivers/media/rc/meson-ir.c
 N:	meson[x68]
 
+ARM/Annapurna Labs ALPINE ARCHITECTURE
+M:	Tsahee Zidenberg <tsahee@annapurnalabs.com>
+S:	Maintained
+F:	arch/arm/mach-alpine/
+
 ARM/ATMEL AT91RM9200 AND AT91SAM ARM ARCHITECTURES
-M:	Andrew Victor <linux@maxim.org.za>
 M:	Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
+M:	Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
 M:	Jean-Christophe Plagniol-Villard <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
-W:	http://maxim.org.za/at91_26.html
 W:	http://www.linux4sam.org
 S:	Supported
 F:	arch/arm/mach-at91/
@@ -952,7 +962,7 @@
 M:	Mathieu Poirier <mathieu.poirier@linaro.org>
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
 S:	Maintained
-F:	drivers/coresight/*
+F:	drivers/hwtracing/coresight/*
 F:	Documentation/trace/coresight.txt
 F:	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
 F:	Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-coresight-devices-*
@@ -964,7 +974,7 @@
 ARM/CORTINA SYSTEMS GEMINI ARM ARCHITECTURE
 M:	Hans Ulli Kroll <ulli.kroll@googlemail.com>
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
-T:	git git://git.berlios.de/gemini-board
+T:	git git://github.com/ulli-kroll/linux.git
 S:	Maintained
 F:	arch/arm/mach-gemini/
 
@@ -979,6 +989,12 @@
 F:	drivers/clocksource/timer-atlas7.c
 N:	[^a-z]sirf
 
+ARM/CONEXANT DIGICOLOR MACHINE SUPPORT
+M:	Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
+L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
+S:	Maintained
+N:	digicolor
+
 ARM/EBSA110 MACHINE SUPPORT
 M:	Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
@@ -1177,7 +1193,7 @@
 M:	Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
 S:	Maintained
 
-ARM/Marvell Armada 370 and Armada XP SOC support
+ARM/Marvell Kirkwood and Armada 370, 375, 38x, XP SOC support
 M:	Jason Cooper <jason@lakedaemon.net>
 M:	Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
 M:	Gregory Clement <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
@@ -1186,12 +1202,17 @@
 S:	Maintained
 F:	arch/arm/mach-mvebu/
 F:	drivers/rtc/rtc-armada38x.c
+F:	arch/arm/boot/dts/armada*
+F:	arch/arm/boot/dts/kirkwood*
+
 
 ARM/Marvell Berlin SoC support
 M:	Sebastian Hesselbarth <sebastian.hesselbarth@gmail.com>
 L:	linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers)
 S:	Maintained
 F:	ar